Lovatoelectric Catalog

Page 25-4 Page 25-4 Page 25-5
ATL 600 ATL 610 ATL DPS1

• Automatic transfer switch controller with • Automatic transfer switch controller with • Module specifically designed to control
optical port and graphic LCD optical port and graphic LCD power supply voltage of motorised circuit
• AC power supply • Virtual calendar clock (RTC) breakers and changeover switches
• 6 programmable digital inputs • AC and DC power supply • Continuous monitoring of supply line status
• 7 programmable relay outputs. • Expandable with EXP series modules (inputs • Microcontroller management.
and outputs, communication ports)
• 6 programmable digital inputs
• 7 programmable relay outputs.
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROLLERS 25
Supervision of two three-phase

supply lines
Emergency demand supervision
for standby generating set
Control of contactors, motorised
circuit breakers or motorised
changeover switches
Event logging
TRMS measurements of voltage
values
Remote control and supervision
Front optical port
Expandability
Modbus-RTU and Modbus-ASCII
communication protocols
Real time clock.
SEC. - PAGE
Automatic transfer switch controllers
ATL 600 type non expandable ............................................................................................................................................ 25 - 2
ATL 610 type expandable ................................................................................................................................................... 25 - 3
Dual power source module ................................................................................................................................................ 25 - 5
Communication devices, software and accessories ............................................................................................................ 25 - 6
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 25 - 7
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
ATL series
NON-STOP CONTROL!
BACKLIGHT GRAPHIC DISPLAY
120x80 pixel with excellent legibility with adjustable
brightness and contrast.
STREAMLINE
DESIGN
ATL controllers have an
ergonomic design and
particular care has been given
to details.
CUSTOMISING
OPTION
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION PORT
There is a customising slot
The optical port on the front, using a standard USB or
available on the front to show
Wi-Fi point, permits to communicate with a PC,
controller brand name,
smartphone and tablet, to carry out programming,
trademark, part number, brief
diagnostics and data download without removing power
indication or wording, etc.
to the electric panel.
COMPACT SIZE FIXING SYSTEM DUAL POWER SUPPLY

ATL 610 versions has both 110-240VAC line and 12-24VDC battery supply.
EMERGENCY DEMAND SUPERVISION FOR STANDBY GENERATING SET

In applications where one of the two supply sources is a generating set, the
transfer switch controller has specific functions to supervise the generator
starting and stopping operations.
EXPANDIBILITY
Basic functions of the transfer switch controllers can be easily extended using
EXP series expansion modules:
- Relay outputs
- Digital and analog inputs and outputs
44mm - Opto-isolated RS232 interface
- Opto-isolated RS485 interface
9mm - Opto-isolated Ethernet interface
The use of modules dedicated to communications, the transfer switch
controller can be controlled and supervised by the software.
Trim frame profile and reduced The fixing system with metal
total depth simplify installation of screws guarantees excellent
the transfer switch controller also in adhesion over time.
very compact electric panels.
HIGH PROTECTION DEGREE

44
The controller front and the optional
frame seal have been designed to
warrant an IP65 protection degree.
FIVE-LANGUAGE TEXT
Viewing of events, alarms and MAX
25 2
137
measurements are in Italian,

144
English, Spanish, French and

64.5
German.
73 9
EXP 10... 12/24VDC battery supply input
25-2
ATL 600 ATL 610

POWER SUPPLY
Rated DC supply voltage 12/24VDC
(9-36VDC range)
Rated AC supply voltage 110-240VAC 110-240VAC
(90-264VAC range) (90-264VAC range)
FRONT PANEL / HOUSING
Backlight display Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD
Multilanguage (5 standard onboard; others downloadable)
Size 144x144mm / 5.7x5.7” 144x144mm / 5.7x5.7”
Degree of protection IP54 / optional IP65 IP54 / optional IP65
Expandable with EXP series modules
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT INPUT
“Line 1” controlled voltage 3 phases + neutral 3 phases + neutral
“Line 2” controlled voltage 3 phases + neutral 3 phases + neutral
Rated voltage Ue L-L 100-480VAC 100-480VAC
(50-576VAC range) (50-576VAC range)
Frequency range 45-65Hz 45-65Hz
Type of voltage control L-L and L-N L-L and L-N
BUILT-IN DIGITAL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
Number of inputs 6 6
Number of outputs 7 7
LINE SWITCHING DEVICE CONTROL
Contactors
Motorised automatic circuit breakers
Motorised changeover switches
INTERFACE
USB communication EXP10 10
RS232 communication EXP10 11
RS485 communication EXP10 12
Ethernet communication with web server function EXP10 13
Front optical USB communication port CX01 dongle CX01 dongle
Front optical Wi-Fi communication port CX02 dongle CX02 dongle
FUNCTIONS
Line/Line function
Line/Generator function
Real time clock with back reserve energy
Event logging
25
25-3
Non expandable Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

per The automatic transfer switch controller ATL 600/610 is
pkg used for the automatic switching of the load from the
n° [kg] MAIN LINE to a stand-by or emergency SECONDARY
LINE and vice versa.
ATL 600 Automatic transfer switch 1 0.540 It has two outputs for the “automatic” and/or “manual”
controller with optical port control of contactors or motorised circuit breakers.
for 2-line control The transfer switch controller has the following main
(144x144mm/5.7x5.7”) features:
power supply 110-240VAC – Supply input:
• Single in AC for ATL 600
• Dual in AC and DC for ATL 610
– Measurement inputs for three phase + neutral voltage
values; also suitable for 1 and 2 phase lines
ATL 600 – 1 backlight 128x80 pixel LCD to view measurements,
events and alarms in multi languages
– 2 status indication LEDs
Expandable Order code Description Qty Wt – 6 programmable digital inputs
per – 7 programmable relay outputs
pkg – Viewing of L-L and L-N voltage values of the
n° [kg] controlled lines
ATL 610 Automatic transfer switch 1 0.640 – Status viewing of contactor or motorised circuit
controller with optical port breakers
for 2-line control – Configuration programming of lines, control and
(144x144mm/5.7x5.7”) supervision parameters for emergency demand of
power supply 110-240VAC generating set
and 12/24VDC – Event logging
– Microprocessor supervision of functions; including
virtual real time clock for ATL 610
– Communication interface by front optical port using
USB CX01 or Wi-Fi CX02 dongle
ATL 610 Order code Description – Compatible with software
– ATL SW programming and remote control software with
direct PC connection or by Ethernet network.
ATL610 EXPANSION MODULES
Snap in fixing of two modules on ATL 610 rear. CONTROL FUNCTIONS OF THE LINES
Inputs and outputs. – Phase sequence and phase loss
EXP10 00 4 opto-isolated digital inputs – Minimum and maximum voltage
EXP10 01 4 opto-isolated static outputs – Voltage asymmetry
– Minimum and maximum frequency.
EXP10 02 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs,
opto-isolated Operational characteristics
EXP10 03 2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC – Power supply voltage: 110-240VAC for both;
Communication ports. 12/24VDC for ATL 610
– Voltage range:
EXP 10... EXP10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface 90-264VAC for both; 9-36VDC for ATL 610
EXP10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface – Voltage measurement inputs
EXP10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface • Rated voltage Ue: 100-480VAC L-L
• Measurement range: 50-576VAC L-L
EXP10 13 Opto-isolated Ethernet interface • Frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable digital inputs
• Type of input: Negative
EXP… expansion module fixing – Programmable relay outputs
ATL 610 • 5 each with 1 normally open contact (NO - SPST)
rated 8A 250VAC
• 2 each with 1 changeover contact (NO/NC - SPDT)
rated 8A 250VAC
– Flush-mount housing: 144x144mm/5.7x5.7”
– IEC degree of protection: IP20 at rear; IP54 on front
with optional IP65 using EXP80 01.
MAX supervision software

2 See Section 27.
EXP series expansion modules

See Section 28, page 2.
Certifications and compliance

Certificates pending: EAC; cULus.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3,
UL508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
25
Software and accessories Expansion modules Dimensions

25-4 page 25-6 page 28-2 page 25-7
Dual power supply Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

module per ATL DPS1 is capable of measuring and controlling
pkg voltages at its inputs designating the most ideal to
n° [kg] connect to the output. It is suitable to supply motorised
circuit breakers and changeover switches in automatic
ATL DPS1 For measurement and 1 0.300 switching systems of 2 three phase supply lines.
control of voltages The two voltage inputs of the module are independent
present at supply inputs to and insulated; each is capable of supplying the internal
power motorised circuit measuring circuit managed by the microcontroller. It
breakers/changeover reduces the number of components and improves
switches, 110/230VAC installation safety.
configurable Main ATL DPS1 features include:
– Voltage value selectable via bypass terminals
– Minimum and maximum voltage tripping thresholds
– 2 single phase L+N inputs
– 1 single phase L+N output
– L1 priority line
ATL DPS1 – Use with motorised control units powered at 110VAC
or 230VAC
– Indicating LEDs for abnormal conditions and status of
inputs and outputs.
Operational characteristics
– Rated supply voltage: 110/230VAC configurable
– Frequency: 50/60Hz
– Input voltage range: 80-300VAC
– Voltage tripping thresholds min / max: 80% / 120% of
preset value
– 2 line inputs L1-L2: Single phase, between phase and
neutral
– Current output: 4A max
– Priority line: L1 when both input values are within
limits
– Fixed delay time between line switching: 0.5 second
– 4 status indiction LEDs for voltage of each line within
limits, voltage present at output, relay output anomaly
– Mounting: on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or by
screws using extractible clips
– Modular housing, 4 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 at rear.
Certifications and compliance:

Certifications obtained: EAC.
IEC/EN 60947-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3,
UL508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
25
Dimensions
page 25-7 25-5
Communication devices Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

per Communication devices for connection of LOVATO
pkg Electric products to personal computers, smartphones
n° [kg] and tablets.
CX 01 USB/optical dongle with 1 0.090 CX 01
PC LOVATO Electric product The USB/optical dongle, complete with cable, allows the
with optical port for connection of products compatible with PCs without
programming, data download, having to disconnect the power supply from the electric
diagnostics and firmware upgrade panel.
CX 01 CX 02 Wi-Fi dongle for PC LOVATO 1 0.090 The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
Electric product programming,
data download, diagnostics and CX 02
cloning By Wi-Fi connection, compatible LOVATO Electric
CX 03 GSM/GPRS quad-band antenna 1 0.090 products can be viewed on PCs, smartphones and tablets
(800/900/1800/1900MHz) for with no need for cabling.
EXP1015 expansion module
CX 03
Antenna compatible with the major part of worldwide
CX 02 mobile networks thanks to the available frequencies at
800/900/1800/1900MHz.
IEC degree of protection: IP67. Fixing by Ø12mm/0.04”
drilling.
For dimensions, wiring schemes and technical

characteristics, refer to technical instructions in
CX 03 Downloads of local or global websites or consult
Customer Service. See contact details on the inside front
cover.
Software and accessories Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

per By using the ATL SW software, the quick setup of the
pkg controllers can be done by PC avoiding parameter
programming errors and omissions.
n° [kg] The parameter programming of ATL… controllers can
Software. also be PC saved and quickly uploaded into another
ATL SW Parameter programming and 1 0.246 device requiring the same programming.
remote control software It permits to carry out the control of the installation
complete with 51 C2 cable operation, bar graph and numerical viewing of
measurements and controller status.
Accessories.
EXP80 01 IP65 gasket seal for internal 1 0.150 The software provides for the remote control
51 C4 ATL 6…display frame and supervision of the ATL… transfer switch controllers.
51 C2 For PC ATL610 + 1 0.090 See details given in Section 27.
EXP1011 module, 1.8m/2yd Its structure and applications are based on MS SQL
long relational database management system . Consulting is
made through popular programs for Internet browsing
51 C4 For PC 4PX1 converter 1 0.147 available across different platforms and operating
drive, 1.8m/2yd long systems.
51 C5 For ATL610 + EXP1011 1 0.111 It is a highly versatile system, simultaneously accessible
module analog modem, to a large number of users/workstations via intranets,
1.8m/2yd long VPN or Internet.
51 C6 For ATL610 + EXP1011 1 0.102 APP for smartphone and tablet
module 4PX1 converter (Setup And Maintenance 1) application allows
drive, 1.8/2yd long the user to program the controller, view alarm conditions,
51 C7 For ATL610 GSM modem, 1 0.101 send commands, read measurements, download
1.8m/2yd long statistical data and events and send retrieved data by
email. The connection is made by Wi-Fi with a
RS232/RS485 converter drive.
smartphone or tablet using the CX02 dongle.
4 PX1 Opto-isolated, 220-240VAC 1 0.600 It is iOS and Android compatible. For more details, see
supply (110-120VAC on Section 27 or consult Customer Service; see contact
request) details on inside front cover.
4 PX1 Consult Customer Service; see contact details on inside
front page.
RS232/485 opto-isolated converter drive, 38,400 Baud rate maximum,
automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision, 220-240VAC ±10%
(110-120VAC supply on request).
25
25-6
Dimensions [mm (in)]
TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROLLERS

ATL 600 - ATL 610 Cutout
138.5 (5.45”)
144 (5.67”) 43
(1.69”)
138.5 (5.45”)
137 (5.39”)
144 (5.67”)
64.5 (2.54”)
73 (2.87”) 9.2
EXP 10... (0.36”)
(2 max)
DUAL POWER SUPPLY MODULE

ATL DPS1
63 (2.48”)
43.8 (1.72”)
5 42.7
71.6 (2.82”) (0.20”) (1.68”)
105.4 (4.15”)
63.5 (2.50”)
93.4 (3.68”)
45 (1.77”)
90 (3.54”)
36.4
(1.43”)
25
25-7
Page 22-2
SWITCHING BATTERY CHARGERS

MODULAR VERSION
• For lead-acid batteries up to 50Ah rating
• Rated output current:
– 2.5 and 4.5A at 12VDC
– 1.25 and 2.5A at 24VDC
• Electronic lock for shorted battery, reverse
polarity and output overload
• Output for alarm remote indication.
Page 22-2
SWITCHING BATTERY CHARGERS

• For non-sealed and sealed lead-acid
batteries up to 150Ah
– 6A and 12A at 12VDC
– 5A and 10A at 24VDC
polarity and output overload
• Automatic reset at end of alarm conditions
Page 22-3
LINEAR BATTERY CHARGERS

• For lead-acid batteries up to 150Ah rating
– 3A, 6A, 12A at 12VDC
– 2.5A, 5A, 10A at 24VDC
• Input and output protection
polarity, output overload and disconnected
battery
AUTOMATIC BATTERY CHARGERS 22
Switching and linear technology

1 charging level
Versions for non-sealed and
sealed lead-acid batteries,
1.25 to 12A ratings
Charging current limitation
selectable.
SEC. - PAGE
Automatic battery chargers for lead-acid batteries
Switching BCF series, modular version .............................................................................................................................. 22 - 2
Switching BCG series ........................................................................................................................................................ 22 - 2
Linear BCE series .............................................................................................................................................................. 22 - 3
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 22 - 4
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 22 - 4
Technical characteristics ................................................................................................. 22 - 5
C ONTROL
AND
A UTOMATION
Automatic battery chargers
Switching BCF and BCG series
For lead-acid batteries. Order code Rated Rated Qty Wt General characteristics
Modular version output output per – Switching technology
current voltage pkg – Wide auxiliary supply range
in DC – Screw fixing or 35mm DIN rail mount (IEC/EN 60715).
[A] [V] n° [kg] Protection:
– Mains input fuse
1 charging level. – Battery output fuse
BCF 0250 12 2.5 1 0.332 – Electronic lock in case of short circuit on battery
12 terminals, reverse battery polarity and output overload
BCF 0450 12 4.5 1 0.332
– Automatic reset at end of alarm conditions.
LED indications:
BCF 0125 24 1.25 1 0.332 – Correct output voltage
24 – Reverse battery polarity.
BCF... BCF 0250 24 2.5 1 0.332
U VDC ON BAT LOW – Auxiliary supply voltage
Alarms GREEN LED RED LED RELAY • 100-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±5%
b Correct output ON OFF Energised – Fixed charging current
Uc
a
voltage – Current limitation
Reverse ON ON Energised – Charging current according to DIN 41773 standards
0.5Uc
polarity – Fixed clamping screw terminal block with captive screws
– IEC degree of protection: IP20.
Short circuit/ OFF OFF De-energised
Ic
Overload Alarm output circuit
I
– Type of output: 3A 250VAC AC1 duty relay, normally
a - constant current charge energised.
b - constant voltage charge Type Maximum power Internal fuse
consumption dissipation mains side
[VA] [W] [W] [A] Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Recognized for USA and
BCF 0250 12 80 40 6 2 Canada (cURus - File E360865), as Power Supplies -
BCF 0450 12 150 70 9 2 Component.
Products having this type of marking are intended for use as
BCF 0125 24 80 39 6 2 components of complete workshop-assembled equipment.
BCF 0250 24 150 77 9 2 Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60950-1,
Not replaceable. IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 n°60950-1.
For non-sealed and sealed Order code Rated Rated Qty Wt General characteristics
output output per – Switching technology
lead-acid batteries current voltage pkg – Wide auxiliary supply range
in DC – High efficiency
– Two charging voltages selectable by DIP-switch
[A] [V] n° [kg] – Boost external control for full battery charging
1 charging level. – Hiccup function for battery recharging when its voltage
BCG 06 12 6 1 0.532 is lower than 50% rated value
12 – Charging current limiting trimmer resistor
BCG 12 12 12 1 0.710 – Screw fixing or 35mm DIN rail mount (IEC/EN 60715).
Protection:
BCG 05 24 5 1 0.532 – Input fuse on AC side
24 – Electronic lock in case of short circuit on battery
BCG 10 24 10 1 0.710 terminals, reverse battery polarity and output overload
Accessories. – Automatic reset at end of alarm conditions.
BCG... BCG X00 Adapter for DIN rail 1 0.022 LED indications:
vertical mount of – Power on
BCG 06 12 and BCG05 24 – Charging operation (I>30% Ic)
– Overload or short circuit conditions
– Reverse battery polarity.
U
Alarms ON REV ALA CHG RELAY
b GRN RED RED YEL Operational characteristics
Uc – Auxiliary supply voltage:
LED LED LED RED
a 110-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±10%
Correct output ON OFF OFF OFF Energ. – Charging voltage selectable by DIP-switch
0.5Uc voltage • Non-sealed lead-acid batteries
Charging ON OFF OFF ON Energ. • Sealed lead-acid batteries
Low battery ON OFF ON ON Energ. – Maximum charging current setting by front
Ic I potentiometer: 20-100% rated value
22 a - constant current charge
voltage
Reverse OFF ON OFF OFF De-energ.
– Current limitation
b - constant voltage charge – Charging cycle according to DIN 41773 standards
polarity – IEC degree of protection: IP20.
Short circuit / ON OFF ON OFF De-energ.
Overload Alarm output circuit
Steady light if the charging current is more than approx. 30% of – Type of output: 5A 30VDC duty relay, normally
programmed current value. energised.
Flashing during Hiccup operating conditions.
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Recognized for USA and
Type Maximum power Internal fuse Canada (cURus - File E360865), as Power Supplies -
consumption dissipation Mains side (type T) Component.
[VA] [W] [W] [A] Products having this type of marking are intended for use
BCG 06 12 230 97 14 4 as components of complete workshop-assembled
equipment.
BCG 12 12 284 290 29 6.3 Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60950-1,
BCG 05 24 364 158 20 6.3 IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 60950-1,
BCG 10 24 630 311 41 8 CSA C22.2 n°60950-1.
Not replaceable.
Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

22-2 page 22-4 page 22-4 page 22-5
Linear BCE series
For lead-acid batteries Order code Rated Rated Qty Wt General characteristics
output output per – Linear technology
current voltage pkg – Housing for internal panel mounting by screws.
in DC Protection:
[A] [V] n° [kg] – Mains input fuse (except for BCE 2V5 and BCE 03)
– Battery output fuse
1 charging level. – Electronic lock in case of short circuit on battery
31 BCE 0312 3 1 1.984 terminals, reverse battery polarity, output overload
31 BCE 0612 6 12 1 4.832 (<0.5 Ue) and disconnected battery.
LED Indications:
31 BCE 1212 12 1 8.690 – Power on
– Charge (I > 0.2 Ic)
31 BCE 2V524 2,5 1 1.992 – Alarm for protection tripping.
31 BCE 0312 31 BCE 0524 5 24 1 4.960 Operational characteristics

31 BCE 2V524 31 BCE 1024 10 1 9.560 – Auxiliary supply voltage:
220-240VAC ±10%, 50/60Hz ±5%
– Charging current: 30-100% Ie adjustable
Type Maximum power Mains – Charging cycle according to DIN 41773 standards
consumption dissipation fuse (type) – Current limitation
[VA] [W] [A] – Clamping screw terminal block with captive screws:
• Removable for BCE 03 and BCE 2V5
BCE 0312 117 24 1 (T) ext • Fixed for BCE 05, BCE 06, BCE 10 and BCE 12
BCE 0612 222 46 4 (F) int – IEC degree of protection: IP00.
BCE 1212 400 73 6.3 (F) int
Alarms
BCE 2V524 166 26 1 (T) ext Possible causes of alarm include:
31 BCE 0612 BCE 0524 317 40 4 (F) int – Low battery voltage
31 BCE 0524 BCE 1024 610 66 6.3 (F) int – Battery fuse blown
– Battery not connected
Not supplied; installed by customer. – Battery polarity inverted (reverse polarity).
BCE 2V524 - BCE 0312
These types have a static alarm output for the control of a
relay or indicator, maximum 300mA duty.
DERATING CURVES If it is connected to a relay, this must be normally
energised in absence of alarm. In alarm conditions with
BCE 2V5 - BCE 03 ALARM LED switched on or in absence of supply, the
DERATING CURVE relay de-energises.
100%
BCE 0524 - BCE 0612 - BCE 1024 - BCE 1212
95% 220 These types have a normally energised relay alarm
Charging current
240 230 VA
VA VA C
C C
output. In alarm conditions with ALARM LED switched
90%
on or in absence of supply, the relay de-energises.
85%
Alarm output circuit
80% BCE 2V524 - BCE 0312
31 BCE 1212 – Type of output:
75%
31 BCE 1024 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C • Negative static; NPN transistor
Operating temperature • Maximum voltage applicable to load: +V battery
terminal
U • Maximum output current: 300mA
BCE 05 - BCE 06
• Maximum overload current for 1 second: 2A
b
Uc DERATING CURVE • Dynamic over-voltage protection with inductive load.
a 100%
BCE 0524 - BCE 0612 - BCE 1024 - BCE 1212

0.5Uc 95%
– Type of output
Charging current
230 220
240 VA VA
VA C C
C
90% • Relay: 1 changeover contact (SPDT)
• Rated voltage: 250VAC
Ic I 85% • IEC rated capacity in AC1 duty: 5A 250VAC Ith
• IEC rated capacity in DC13 or DC14 duty: 5A 30VDC
a - constant current charge 80%
• Electrical life: >105 cycles
b - constant voltage charge
75% • Mechanical life: >30x105 cycles.
50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
Operating temperature The output is not overload or short-circuit protected. It is however
capable of switching on a 3W filament bulb.
BCE 10 - BCE 12
DERATING CURVE Certifications obtained: EAC. 22
100%
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60335-2-29.
Charging current
95%
230 220
VA V AC
C
90%
240
VA
C
85%
80%
75%
50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
Operating temperature

page 22-4 page 22-4 page 22-5 22-3
BCF... BCG 0612 - BCG 0524

50.6 (1.99”) 162 (6.38”)
5.6 159 (6.26”)
90 (3.54”) (1.99”) 44 (1.73”) 149 /5.87”) 63.2 (2.49”)
45 (1.77”)
91 (3.58”)
96 (3.78”)
150.5 (5.92”)
145 (5.71”)
81.5 (3.21”)
80 (3.15”)
Mounting adapter BCG X00 BCG 1212 - BCG 1024

35 9 213 (8.38”)
136 (5.35”) (1.38”) (0.35”) 206 (8.11”)
198 (7.79”)
71 (2.79”)
145 (5.71”)
151 (5.94”)
130 (5.12”)
63 (2.48”)
BCE 0312 - BCE 2V524
134 (5.27”) 100 (3.94”)
POWER ON
CHARGE
ALARM
65 (2.56”)
93 (3.66”)
100 (3.94”)
60 70
50 80
40 90
30% 100%
BATTERY
220-240V
BATTERY
FUSE
POWER
ALARM
OUT
- - +
120.5 (4.74”)
BCE 0612 - BCE 0524 BCE 1212 - BCE 1024

192 (7.56”) 140 (5.51”) 192 (7.56”) 140 (5.51”)
POWER ON
CHARGE
130 (5.12”)
ALARM
80 (3.15”)
60 70
50 80
40 90
30% 100%
BATTERY
220-240V
POWER
ALARM
OUT
230 (9.05”)
180 (7.09”)
FUSE
BATTERY
FUSE
COM NO NC
+
POWER
POWER ON
178 (7.01”) CHARGE
ALARM
60 70
50 80
40 90
30% 100%
220-240V
BATTERY
POWER
ALARM
FUSE
OUT
BATTERY
FUSE
COM NO NC
POWER
+
-
178 (7.01”)
22
Wiring diagrams
BCF... BCG... BCE 2V5... - BCE 03... BCE 05... - BCE 06... - BCE 10... - BCE 12...
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
CHARGING CONTROL CHARGING CONTROL
FUSE
FUSE
RDY RDY L N COM NO NC L N
BATTERY OUT ALARM SUPPLY BATTERY BOOST OUT ALARM SUPPLY

110-240VAC 110-240VAC
22-4
Technical characteristics
TYPE BCG... BCF... BCE...

Description Single phase automatic battery charger Single phase automatic battery charger
1 charging level for sealed and non-sealed 1 charging level for lead-acid batteries
lead-acid batteries
Supply voltage 110-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±10% 100-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±5% 220-240VAC ±10% 50/60Hz ±5%
Rated output voltage (Uoc) 12-24VDC
Rated charging current (Ic) 6-12A (12VDC) 2.5-4.5A (12VDC) 3-6-12A (12VDC)
5-10A (24VDC) 1.25-2.5A (24VDC) 2.5-5-10A (24VDC)
CHARGING CYCLE
Reference standards DIN 41773
Diagram U
b
Uc a - constant current charge
a
0,5Uc
b - constant voltage charge
Ic I
End charging voltage Uc 12V battery with DIP2: 12V battery: 13.6VDC (2.27V/cell) 12V battery: 13.8VDC (2.3V/cell)
– in pos. V1: 13.8V 24V battery: 27.2VDC (2.27V/cell) 24V battery: 27.6VDC (2.3V/cell)
– in pos. V2: 13.5V (default).
24V battery with DIP2:
– in pos. V1: 27.6V
– in pos. V2: 27.0V (default)
Charging current Adjustable 20% to 100% Ic Fixed Adjustable 30% to 100% Ic
(using potentiometer/trimpot) (using potentiometer)
Current limit Yes
Boost +4.4% Uc — —
PROTECTION
– Mains supply fuse – Mains supply fuse – Mains supply fuse
– Charging inhibition due to: – Charging inhibition due to: (5, 6, 10, 12A types only)
• Short circuit at battery terminals • Short circuit at battery terminals – Battery output fuse
• Reverse battery polarity • Reverse battery polarity – Charging inhibition due to:
• Low voltage at battery poles (<0.5 Uoc) • Low voltage at battery poles (<0.5 Uoc) • Short circuit at battery terminals
• Output overload • Output overload • Reverse battery polarity
• Low voltage at battery poles (<0.5 Uoc)
• Disconnected battery
ALARM OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Type of output 1 relay 1 relay Static (NPN transistor) ;
5A 30VDC 3A 250VAC AC1 relay with 1 c/o contact (SPDT),
5A 250VAC
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature -30...+55°C -40...+51°C -10...+50°C
(+55...+70°C with 1-5%Ic/°C derating
by trimpot)
Storage temperature -30...+80°C -40...+85°C -30...+80°C
HOUSING
Version Internal panel mount Modular Internal panel mount
IEC degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP00
Cooling Natural
Connections Fixed terminals Fixed terminals Removable/plug-in terminals
Fixed terminals
For 2.5A and 3A types only.
For 5, 6, 10 and 12A types only.
22
22-5
Page 23-6 Page 23-7
DCRM SERIES DCRK SERIES

• 2 steps in modular housing • 3, 5 or 7 steps in 96x96mm housing
• Settings by front adjustment • 8 or 12 steps in 144x144mm housing
potentiometers • Capacitor overload protection
• 3 LED indications. • Internal panel temperature sensor
• TTL/RS232 programming interface
• Automatic set-up function
• Configurable alarms.
Page 23-8 Page 23-10
DCRG SERIES (EXPANDABLE) DCRJ SERIES

• 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16 steps in 144x144mm • 8 or 12 gradini in 144x144mm housing
housing • Independent voltage measurement input
• Expandable with EXP modules such as inputs • Capacitor overload protection
and outputs, step increment, capacitor • Internal and external panel temperature
protection, communication port, etc. sensor
• Backlight graphic display, 128x80 pixels • RS232 programming and supervision
• Optic interface port for programming, data interface
download and diagnostics • RS485 supervision interface
• Independent voltage measurement input • Voltage and current harmonic-content
• Capacitor overload protection measurement
• Internal and external panel temperature sensor • Event logging
• Voltage and current harmonic-content • Automatic set-up function
measurement • Configurable alarms
• Event logging • Suitable for medium-voltage systems
• Configurable alarms • Suitable for dynamic power factor correction
• Suitable for medium-voltage systems (DCRJ12F).
• Suitable for dynamic power factor correction.
Page 23-11
THYRISTOR MODULES
• 30, 50, 100kvar step units
• Suitable for dynamic power factor
correction
• Current flow zero-crossing controlled
connection-disconnection
• Over-temperature protection
• Over-current protection at capacitor
switching.
AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR CONTROLLERS
AND THYRISTOR MODULES 23
Microprocessor supervision and

control
Accurate TRMS measurement
circuit
Automatic intelligent adjustment
system
Versions with 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 12,
14 and 16 steps
Versions with static outputs
Use in co-generation and
medium-voltage systems
Various serial communication
interface
ASCII and MODBUS®-RTU
communication protocols
Thyristor modules for dynamic
correction.
SEC. - PAGE
Reactive current controller
DCRM series ..................................................................................................................................................................... 23 - 6
Automatic power factor controllers
DCRK series...................................................................................................................................................................... 23 - 7
DCRG series ..................................................................................................................................................................... 23 - 8
DCRJ series ...................................................................................................................................................................... 23 - 10
Thyristors modules......................................................................................................... 23 - 11
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 23 - 12
Wiring schemes ............................................................................................................ 23 - 13
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristor modules
Automatic power factor

controllers
DCRK DCRG DCRJ

Number of steps 3, 5, 7, 8, 12 8 8, 12
(10, 12, 14, 16 with EXP...)
ON FRONT / HOUSING
Display One 3-digit LED One graphic LCD One 3-digit and one 4-digit LED
Languages 10
Italian, English, Spanish, French,
German, Czech, Polish, Russian,
Portuguese and customisable
Dimensions 96x96mm/3.8x3.8” (DCRK 3/5/7) 144x144mm 144x144mm
144x144mm/5.7x5.7” (DCRK 8/12) 5.7x5.7” 5.7x5.7”
IEC degree of protection IP54 (DCRK 3/5/7); IP41 (DCRK 8/12) IP54 IP41
Espandable with EXP... modules l
CONTROL / FUNCTIONS
Automatic recognition of current flow direction l l l
4-quadrant operation l l l
Master-slave technology l
Independent voltage input l l
Three-phase voltage control l l
Current input 1 (by CT, 5A secondary; 1A on request) 3 (by CTs, 5A or 1A) 1 (by CT, 5A secondary; 1Aon request)
Dynamic (FAST) power factor correction usage l (with EXP10 01 module) l (with DCRJ12F only)
Medium-voltage usage l l
Independent power factor correction per phase l
Phase-neutral connection in three-phase systems l l
Programmable input as remote function or external/remote l (with EXP10 04 module) l
temperture sensor
TTL/RS232 communication interface l
RS232 communication interface l (with EXP10 11 module) l
Opto-isolated RS485 communication interface l (with EXP10 12 module) l
ETHERNET communication interface with Web server function l (with EXP10 13 module)
Optical USB communication port on front l
Optical Wi-Fi communication port on front l
Automatic controller set-up (to configure) l l l (DCRJ12F excluded)
Fast setting of current transformer l l l
Set-up and automatic panel test software available l l l
Remote control software available l l
Calendar-clock (RTC) with backup battery l (with EXP10 30 module) l
Voltage and current waveform capture and logging related l l
to harmonic distortion events
Event logging: Alarms, set-up changes, etc. l l
MEASUREMENTS
Rated measurement voltage 380...415VAC standard stock 100...690VAC 100...690VAC
(220...240VAC, 415...440VAC,
440...480VAC, 480...525VAC on request)
Measurement voltage range 0.85...1.2 rated values 85...760VAC 85...760VAC
Instantaneous cosϕ (power factor displacement) l l l
Instantaneous and average weekly power factor values l l l
Voltage and current l l l
Reactve power to reach set-point and total values l l l
Capacitor overload l l l
Electric panel temperature l l l
Maximum voltage and current value l l l
Maximum capacitor overload value l l l
23 Maximum panel temperature value

Maximum capaitor temperature value
l l
l (with EXP10 04 module)
l
l (with NTC01)
Active and apparent power value l l
Current and voltage harmonic analysis l l
Current and voltage harmonic analysis waveforms logged l l
at overload events
Var-measured value per step l l
Number of switching per step l l
23-2
Automatic power factor controllers and thryristor modules
Automatic power factor

controllers
DCRK DCRG DCRJ

PROTECTIONS
Voltage too high and too low l l l
Current too high and too low l l l
Over compensation (all capacitors disconnected and cosϕ l l l
value higher than set-point)
Under compensatopm (all capacitors connected and cosϕ l l l
value lower than set-point)
Capacitor overload l l l
Capacitor overload on all 3 phases l l
Over temperature l l l
Mains micro-breakings l l l
Capacitor bank failure l l
Over maximum harmonic distortion level limit l l
Programmable alarm property l l l
(enable, trip delay, relay energising, etc.)
L1
L2
L3
Current transformers
Automatic
power factor
controllers
Fuse holders
Fuse
holders
Contactors
Switch
disconnectors
23
23-3
DCRG series
THE SOLUTION FOR ALL APPLICATIONS!

OPTICAL COMMUNICATION PORT
The optical port on the front using a standard USB or
Wi-Fi point, allows to communicate with a PC,
smartphone and tablet, to carry out programming
BACKLIGHT diagnosis and data download without removing power to
GRAPHIC DISPLAY the electric panel.
128x80 pixels with excellent
legibility, with adjustable
intensity
CUSTOMISING OPTION
There is a customising slot available on the panel front
to show controller brand name, logo, trademark, part
number, brief indication or wording, etc.
COMPACT SIZE FIXING SYSTEM EXPANDABILITY
44mm
9mm
MAX
4
Basic controller functionality can be easily extended using the EXP series
Trim frame profile and reduced The fixing system with metal expansion modules:
total depth simplify installation of screws guarantees excellent - Relay outputs to increase the number of steps
the controller also in very compact adhesion over time. - Capacitor protection
electric panels. - Digital and analog inputs and outputs
- Opto-isolated static outputs
- Relay outputs
44 HIGH PROTECTION DEGREE - Opto-isolated RS232 interface
The controller front and the rear - Opto-isolated RS485 interface
seal have been designed to warrant - Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with Web server function
an IP54 protection degree. - Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface
- GPRS/GSM modem
- Data logging and calender-clock (RTC).
23
137
144
64.5
73 9,2
EXP 10...
23-4
Automatic power factor controllers and thryristor modules
DCRG series
SUITABLE FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION

USING CONTACTORS OR THYRISTOR MODULES
SMS SENDING FOR ALARM CONDITIONS
DATA SENDING BY EMAIL OR FTP SERVER
WEB SERVER FOR DATA READING
STREAMLINE DESIGN
The DCRG controller has an ergonomic design and, at the same time,
particular care has been given to to minimum detail aesthetics.
MASTER-SLAVE FUNCTION WEB SERVER FUNCTION GSM/GPRS MODEM SUITABLE FOR MEDIUM-VOLTAGE
The DCRG controller can control the By fitting the EXP10 15 expansion SYSTEMS
outputs of other analog controllers in module, the controller is The controllers can be installed in
addition to its own steps. In this way, automatically equipped and medium-voltage systems thanks to
it offers a master-slave architecture. configures a GSM/GPRS modem. its configuration for voltage
Up to 3 slaves can be controlled to This simplifies installation and transformer ratio, thereby obtaining
obtain a system with a total of 4 wiring. measurements with regards to the
controllers, which means 64 steps. Once a data-enabled SIM card is transformer primary value both for
inserted, alarm or event SMS, the correction adjustment and the
By installing the Ethernet expansion email messages and latest logged display readouts.
module EXP10 13, the main data can be transmitted by the
measured values of the controller controller to FTP servers.
can be viewed by most common SUITABLE FOR DYNAMIC (FAST)
Web-client compatibles, on the POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
market, using Java platform and With the EXP10 01 static output
with no need to install any 5A AND 1A BOTH ON THE SAME expansion module installed, the
additional PC software. CONTROLLER controller can be used in dynamic
By configuring an apposite power factor correction systems
Master parameter, the controller can be where the reactive load quickly
enabled for use with either a 5A or varies over time.
CAPACITOR PROTECTION 1A secondary current transformer. Also taking advantage of the built-in
By adding the apposite EXP10 16 controller relay outputs, a mixed
expansion module, the DCRG system of traditional relay and
controller can be equipped with dynamic type of correction steps
additional capacitor protection GRAPHS AND TEXT IN MULTI can be obtained.
functions. The module can measure LANGUAGES
the harmonic current values and the
capacitor temperature on-site.
Slave 1
THREE CURRENT INPUTS
- Independent power factor
correction of each step can be
done.
- Identification of capacitor failure on
any of the phases being controlled. Viewing of waveforms, text, trend
- Analysis of all electrical parameters and bar graphs in 10 languages:
of the system by a multimeter. Italian, English, Spanish, French,
German, Czech, Polish, Russian,
Slave 2 Portuguese and customisable.
23
WIDE RANGE OF RATED VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENTS
The wide measurement range
between 100 to 690VAC allows to
use the controller in most types of
applications.
Slave 3
23-5
Reactive current controller Order code Steps Auxiliary supply Qty Wt General characteristics
DCRM series voltage per DCRM2 allows to control the reactive current of a plant,
pkg eliminating it from the total current drawn from the
n° [V] n° [kg] mains and correcting the cos-phi of the load to the best
possible value.
Single and three-phase low-voltage system. It can control the connection of two capacitor banks
Reactive current monitoring relay. maximum. Each one of the two banks can be individually
DCRM 2 2 380-415VAC 1 0.166 enabled and its power can be set through a dedicated
potentiometer.
It is also possible to adjust the time for connection and
disconnection of the capacitor banks, thereby modifying
the reaction speed of the system.
The controller can be used both in single-phase and
three-phase wiring.
DCRM 2 Operational characteristics

– Auxiliary supply voltage: 380-415VAC standard stock;
220-240VAC and 440-480VAC on request
– Rated frequency: 50/60Hz
– Voltage measurement input range: 80-528VAC
– Current input:
• By CT /5A
• Measurement range: 0.1-6A
• TRMS measurements (True Root Mean Square)
• Automatic identification of CT polarity connection
(direct-reverse)
– Relay outputs
• 2 outputs, each with 1 changeover contact (SPDT)
rated 8A-250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
• Independent enabling of each
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3-module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
placed in IP40 enclosure or control board); IP20 at
terminals.
ADJUSTMENTS
“C/K Step 1” C/K ratio threshold for step 1
OFF/0.15-2
“C/K Step 2” C/K ratio threshold for step 2
OFF/0.15-2
“Connection delay” Step connection delay 1-60s
“Disconnection delay” Step disconnection delay
1-60s
“System configuration” Wiring selection for single or
three-phase system 1PH-3PH.
INDICATIONS
– 1 green LED for power on and inhibition time
– 2 red LEDs for step connection.

Certifications obained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(File E93601), as Auxliary Devices-Modular ampere
monitoring relays.
IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3,
UL 508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
Contactors for power factor correction

See section 2, page 2-12.
23

23-6 page 23-12 page 23-13 page 23-15
DCRK series Order code Steps Flush-mount Qty Wt General characteristics

housing per – 3, 5, 7, 8 and 12 step versions, the last two of which
size pkg are programmable as alarm and/or fan control except
n° [mm (in)] n° [kg] for DCRK3
– Digital microprocessor controllers for automatic power
DCRK 3 3 96x96 (3.8x3.8) 1 0.355 factor correction systems with relay outputs for the
DCRK 5 5 96x96 (3.8x3.8) 1 0.365 connection and disconnection of capacitor banks
DCRK 7 7 96x96 (3.8x3.8) 1 0.375 – Use in co-generation systems, 4-quadrant operation
– Accuracte and reliable power factor control of a
DCRK 8 8 144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1 0.640 system even in presence of high current and voltage
DCRK 12 12 144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1 0.660 harmonic content
– Warrant balanced capacitor usage, to extend its life,
Software. obtained by intelligent adjustment interface based on
DCRK 3 - DCRK 5 - DCRK 7 number of switching operations and connection time
Order code Description Qty Wt
of each step
per
– Average weekly power factor measurement (last 7 days)
pkg
– Adjustable tripping sensitivity (integral switching time)
n° [kg] – Adjustable reconnection time delay
DCRK SW Set-up and automatic test 1 0.246 – No-voltage release protection function
software complete with – Capacitor over-current and panel over-heating
51 C11 cable protection
– Programmable automatic set-up function
Accessories.
– TTL/RS232 communication interface with a personal
51 C11 PC ÷ DCRK connecting 1 0.090 computer for: quick set-up, function and alarm
cable 2.8m/2yd long for customising and automatic electric panel test.
TTL/RS232 communication
port Operational characteristics
31 PACR Front IP54 protective 1 0.107 – Voltage circuit
cover for DCRK8 and • Auxiliary supply and control voltage Ue:
DCRK12 types 380-415VAC standard stock
DCRK 8 - DCRK 12
Available on request:
31 PA 96X96 Front IP54 protective 1 0.077
220-240VAC
cover for DCRK3, DCRK5
415-440VAC
and DCRK7 types
440-480VAC
480-525VAC
• Rated frequency: 50/60Hz ±1% self configurable
• Power consumption:
Example of main window frame using DCRK SW software 6.2VA for DCRK3, DCRK5 and DCRK7;
5VA for DCRK8 and DCRK12
– Current circuit
• Rated current Ie: 5A (1A available on request)
• Overload peak: 20Ie for 10ms
• Power consumption: 0.65W
– Measurement and control
• Power factor adjustment: 0.8 ind to 0.8 cap
• Voltage measurement range: -15 to 10% Ue
• Current measurement range: 2.5 to 120% Ie
• Temperature measurement range: -30...+85°C
• Capaitor over-current measurement range: 0-250%
• TRMS voltage and current measurements
• Reconnection time of same step: 5-240s
• Tripping sensitivity: 5-600s/step
– Relay outputs
• 3, 5, 7, 8 or 12 depending on type, of which the last
one with independent common except for DCRK 3
• Contact arrangement: Normally Open (NO / SPST)
for all, except DCRK8 and DCRK12 have the last
being a changeover (SPDT)
• Rated capacity: 5A at 250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
• Maximum capacity of common terminal: 12A
• Maximum switching voltage: 440VAC
– Housing
• Flush mount
• IEC degree of protection:
IP20 at terminals for all
IP54 on front for DCRK3, DCRK5 and DCRK7
IP41 on front for DCRK8 and DCRK12; IP54 with
31 PACR cover.

Certifications obtained: GOST; UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices.
Compliant with standard: IEC 61010-1; EN55011,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n° 14; also
IEC/EN 60950-1 for 51 C11 cable.
23

page 23-12 page 23-14 page 23-16 23-7
DCRG series Order code Steps Flush-mount Qty Wt General characteristics

housing per The DCRG8 controller has been designed to satisfy
size pkg technical characteristics of modern electrical installations
n° [mm(in)] n° [kg] in industry and of new users’ needs.
Main power factor controller characteristics include:
DCRG 8 8 144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1 0.980
reliability, capability of working in all conditions and the
ability to detect critical operating conditions and all this to
Maximum DCRG 8 expandability protect the power factor correction system.
DCRG8 is created to satisfy these requirements and with
DCRG 8 EXP10 06 EXP10 01 TOTAL
the option to extend its own functionality by using
Controller 2 relay-output 4 static-output STEPS specific expansion modules. A standard-supplied USB
module module optic port is also available for controller programming,
N° of steps N° of modules N° of modules Relay Static diagnosis and data downloads.
User’s interface is easy thanks to the backlight graphic
8 1 (2 steps) - 10 -
LCD that contributes to excellent data reading even with
DCRG 8 8 1 (2 steps) 1 (4 steps) 10 4 bad lighting conditions and to view information clearly
8 2 (4 steps) - 12 - and comprehensively.
8 2 (4 steps) 1 (4 steps) 12 4 Main features are:
8 3 (6 steps) - 14 - – Backlight graphic 128x80 pixel LCD with text in 10
languages: Italian, English, Spanish, French, German,
8 4 (8 steps) - 16 - Czech, Polish, Russian, Portuguese and customisable
8 - - 8 - – Automatic identification of sense of CT current flow
8 - 1 (4 steps) 8 4 – Connection to single and three-phase lines, three-
phase lines with neutral control and co-generation
8 - 2 (8 steps) 8 8 systems with 4-quadrant operation
– Use with medium-voltage lines
– Capability to correctly operate also in systems having
high harmonic content
– Extreme reduction of the number of switching operations
– Balanced use of steps with same power rating
– Reactive power measurement per installed step
– Recording of the number of connections per step
– Capacitor over-current protection on all three phases
– Over-temperature protection by internal sensor
– Accurate no-voltage release protection function
– Current and voltage harmonic analysis
– Harmonic analysis of current and voltage waveforms
Master Slave 1 recorded for overload events
– Quick CT programming function
– USB and Wi-Fi communication interface for personal
computer, smartphone and tablet connection
– Modbus®-RTU and ASCII communication protocols
– Set-up and remote control software
– SMS sending for alarm conditions with EXP10 15
expanision module.
– Voltage circuit
Slave 2 • Auxiliary power supply: 100-240VAC
• Rated frequency: 50/60Hz ±10%
– Current circuit
• Single and three-phase input
• Rated current Ie: 5A (1A programmable)
– Measurement and control
• Voltage measurement range: 85-760VAC
• Current measurement range: 0.125-6A
• Temperature measurement range: -30...+85°C
• Capacitor over-current measurement: 0-250%
Slave 3 • TRMS voltage and current measurements
• Reconnection delay time of the same step: 5-3600s
When the correction system is subdivided into various panel • Tripping sensitivity: 5-600s/step
boards, a DCRG8 “Master” controller can control up to 3 – Relay outputs
DCRG8 “Slave” controllers. The “Slave” controllers serve as • 8 outputs, each with 1 Normally Open (NO / SPST)
remote outputs for the connection of the capacitor banks by contact, except the last being a changeover (SPDT)
carrying out the “Master” controller commands. • Rated capacity: 5A 250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
– IEC degree of protection: IP54 on front; IP20 at
terminals
– Flush-mount housing.
Certifications obtained: cULus pending completion at time
of catalogue printing.
Compliant with standards: IEC 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2,
EN 55011, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
23
Accessories Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

23-8 page 23-9 page 23-12 page 23-14 page 23-16
Expansion modules Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

for DCRG 8 per EXP series expansion modules can add extra functions
pkg to the DCRG series power factor controllers.
n° [kg] Each controller can mount a maximum of four expansion
modules.
Inputs and outputs. These modules snap on to the rear of the controller and
EXP10 06 2 relay outputs to increase 1 0.064 allow to:
number of steps – Increase the number of steps to connect
EXP10 01 4 static otuputs, opto-isolated, 1 0.054 – Use in applications with static real-time (fast) power
to increase number of steps factor correction
– Add analog type of inputs and outputs to have
EXP10 16 Capacitor both protection 1 0.080 0/4...20mA, 0...10V, -5...+5V or PT100 function
EXP10 00 4 digital inputs, opto-isolated 1 0.060 – Add RS232 and RS485 communication ports
EXP10 02 2 digital inputs and 2 static 1 0.058 supporting SMS and modem
outputs, opto-isolated – predispose the controller for connection to Ethernet
TCP/IP, Profibus-DP, GPRS/GSM.
EXP10 03 2 relay outputs, rated 5A 250VAC 1 0,050
EXP10 04 2 analog inputs, opto-isolated, 1 0.056 Certifications and compliance
0/4-20mA, PT100, 0-10V or 0...±5V Certifications obtained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
EXP 10... EXP10 05 2 analog outputs, opto-isolated 1 0.064 (File E93601), as Listed Accessory under Auxiliary
0/4-20mA, 0-10V or 0...±5V Devices, for EXP... modules only.
Communication ports. IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
EXP10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface 1 0.040 CSA C22.2 n° 14.
EXP10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface 1 0.050
For overall dimensions, wiring diagrams and technical
EXP10 13 Opto-isolated Ethernet interface 1 0.060 characteristics, consult the instructions manuals online in
with Web server function the LOVATO Electric website; see details on inside front
EXP10 14 Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface 1 0.080 cover.
Various functionality.
EXP10 15 GPRS/GSM modem 1 0.080
EXP10 30 Data storage, clock-calendar with 1 0.050
backup battery for data logging

for DCRG 8 per Communication and connection devices allow the
conf. DCRG8 controller to be linked to:
n° [kg] – Personal computer (PC)
– Smartphone
CX 01 PC÷DCRG8 connecting cable, 1 0.090 – Tablet
with USB optic connector for – Various types of modem
programming, data download, – BUS converter drives.
diagnosis and firmware upgrade
CX 02 PC ÷ DCRG8 Wi-Fi connecting 1 0.090 CX 01
CX 01 device for programming, data This USB optic connector, complete with cable, provides
download, diagnosis and firmware for connection of the DCRG8 controller with a PC without
upgrade even disconnecting the power supply of the electric
CX 03 GSM quad-band antenna 1 0.090 panel board and to be able to:
(800/900/1800/1900MHz) for – Program parameters
EXP10 15 expansion module – Download data and event logs
– Complete diagnosis.
The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
Software and accessories Order code Description Qty Wt
for DCRG 8 per CX 02
pkg Using Wi-Fi connection, the DCRG8 power factor
n° [kg] controllers can be viewed by a PC, smartphone and
tablet without having to connect cables and allows to:
Software. – Program parameters
DCRJ SW Set-up, automatic panel test and 1 0.246 – Download data and event logs
remote control software, with – Complete diagnosis.
51 C2 connecting cable
Accessories. CX 03
Compatible with major worldwide mobile phone
51 C2 PC÷DCRG8 c/w EXP10 11 1 0.090 networks, thanks to the 800/900/1800/1900MHz
connecting cable, 1.8m/2yd long frequencies.
51 C4 PC÷4 PX1 converter drive 1 0.147
connecting cable,1.8m/2yd long For overall dimensions, wiring diagrams and technical
51 C4 51 C5 Analog modem ÷DCRG8 c/w 1 0.111 characteristics, consult the instructions manual online in
EXP10 11 connecting cable, the LOVATO Electric website; see details on inside front
1.8m/2yd long∂ cover.
51 C6 4 PX1 converter drive÷DCRG8 1 0.102
c/w EXP10 11 connecting cable
1.8m/2yd long 23
51 C9 PC÷Analog modem connecting 1 0.137
cable, 1.8m/2yd long
4 PX1 RS232/RS485 converter drive, 1 0.600
galvanically isolated, 220-240VAC
(110-120VAC on request)∑
∂ Consult Customer Service for information; see contact details on inside
front cover.
∑ RS232/RS485 opto-isolated analag modem, 38,400 Baud rate maximum,
automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision, 220...240VAC ±10%
power supply (110...120VAC on request).
23-9
DCRJ series Order code Steps Flush-mount Qty Wt General characteristics

housing per – 8 and 12 step versions (DCRJ8-DCRJ12), the last two of
size pkg which are programmable as alarm and/or fan control
– DCRJ12F version with 11 static outputs plus 1 alarm relay
n° [mm (in)] n° [kg] output
Version with relay outputs. – Digital microprocessor controller for automatic power factor
DCRJ 8 8 144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1 0.940 correction systems with outputs for the connection and
disconnection of capacitor banks
DCRJ 12 12 144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1 0.980 – Use in medium-voltage systems (independed voltage input)
Version with static outputs. and co-generation systems with 4-quadrant operation
– Accurate power factor control even in presence of high
DCRJ 12F 11 static 144x144 (5.7x5.7) 1 0.950 current and voltage harmonic content
+ 1 relay – Warrant balanced capacitor usage
– TRMS current and voltage measurements
Software. – Measurements of average weekly power factor measurement
Order code Description Qty Wt (last 7 days), capacitor over-current, panel temperature and
voltage and current harmonic content
DCRJ 8 - DCRJ 12 per
– Event viewing when harmonic overload limit is exceeded
DCRJ 12F pkg – Harmonic content analysis at event conditions on logged
n° [kg] waveforms
DCRJ SW Set-up, automatic panel 1 0.246 – Adjustable tripping sensitivity
test and remote control – Adjustable reconnection time delay for DCRJ8-DCRJ12 only
– No-voltage release protection function
software complete with
– Capacitor over-current and panel over-temperature protection
51 C2 connecting cable – Panel temperature measurement
Accessories. – Remote temperature sensor NTC 01 connection
51 C2 PC ÷ DCRJ connecting 1 0.090 – Programmable automatic set-up for DCRJ8-DCRJ12 only
– RS232-RS485 communication interace
cable, 1.8m/2yd long
– PC software for quick set-up, function and alarm
customising, automatic panel testing and remote control
51 C4 PC ÷ 4 PX1 converter 1 0.147 – MODBUS®-RTU and ASCII communication protocols
drive connecting cable – Mixed configuration of static and electromechanical steps
1.8m/2yd long with DCRJ12F only.
51 C5 Analog modem÷ DCRJ 1 0.111
connecting cable, – Supply circuit
1.8m/2yd long∂ • Auxiliary power supply Ue:
51 C6 DCRJ ÷ 4 PX1 converter 1 0.102 110-127/220-240VAC (dual voltage)
drive connecting cable, • Rated frequency: 50/60Hz ±5%
1.8m/2yd long • Power consumption: 9.7VA for DCRJ8-DCRJ12
9.2VA for DCRJ12F
51 C9 PC ÷ analog modem 1 0,137 – Voltage circuit
connecting cable, • Three phase without neutral
1.8m/2yd long • Rated measurement voltage: 100-690VAC
∂ Consult Customer Service for modem details; see 4 PX1 RS232/RS485 converter 1 0.600 • Frequency: 50/60Hz ±5% self configurable
contact details on inside front cover. – Current circuit
∑ RS232/RS485 opto-isolated analog modem, drive, galvanically isolated,
220-240VAC power supply • Rated current Ie: 5A (1A on request)
38,400 Baud rate maximum, automatic or maual
TRANSMIT line supervision, 220...240VAC ±10% (110-120VAC on request)∑ • Overload peak: 20Ie for 10ms
power supply (110...120VAC supply on request). • Power consumption: 0.3VA
NTC 01 External temperature sensor, 1 0.150 – Measurement and control
with 3m/3.3yd long cable • TRMS voltage-current measurement
31 PACR Front IP54 protective 1 0.107 • Voltage measurement range: 85-760VAC
cover • Current measurement range: 2.5÷120%Ie
• External temperature measurement range: -40...+85°C
• Capacitor over-current measurement range: 0-250%
• Reconnection time delay of the same step:
Example of main window frame using DCRJ SW software 5-240s for DCRJ8-DCRJ12 only
• Tripping sensitivity: 5-600s/step
• Sampling time: ≈20ms for DCRJ12F only
– DCRJ8-DCRJ12 outputs
• 8 or 12 uscite of which the last is isolated
• Contact arrangement: all Normally Open (NO /SPST) except
the last one being a changeover (SPDT)
• Rated capacity: 5A 250VAC (in AC1 IEC) / B300
• Maximum capacity of common terminal of contacts: 12A
• Rated operational voltage: 250VAC
• Maximum switching voltage: 440VAC
– DCRJ12F outputs
• 11 static outputs for static contactor control
• 1 alarm relay output
• Opto-isolated bi-directional static outputs (Opto-Mosfet)
• Maximum operating voltage: 40VDC; 30VAC
• Maximum operating current: 55mA
– Housing
• Flush mount
• IEC degree of protection: IP41 on front (IP54 with 31 PACR
cover); IP20 at terminals.
23 Certifications and compliance

Certifications obtained: GOST; UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2,
EN 55011, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Contactor for power factor correction

For use with DCRJ8 and DCRJ12 only; see section 2, page 2-12.

23-10 page 23-12 page 23-14 page 23-16
Thyristor modules Order code Step descritption Qty Wt General characteristics

per – Suitable for dynamic (fast) power factor correction
pkg – Capacitor switching at current flow zero-crossing
n° [kg] – Protection against high in-rush currents at capacitor
switching
DCTM3 400 030 30-kvar step module, 1 4.300 – Protection against over temperature obtained by the
400...480VAC built-in sensor.
DCTM3 400 050 50-kvar step module, 1 4.300
400...525VAC Operational characteristics
DCTM3 400 100 100-kvar step module, 1 5.600 – 30-kvar, 50-kvar and 100-kvar steps
400...525VAC – Rated operational voltage:
• 400-480VAC for DCTM3 400 030 type
• 400-525VAC for DCTM3 400 050 and
DCTM3 400 100 types
Power rating available depending on voltage – Auxiliary fan power supply: 230VAC (DCTM3 400 100
DCTM3 400 030 DCTM3 400 050 DCTM3 400 100 only)
– Rated frequency: 50/60Hz
Current Ie [A] 43A 72A 144A – Control circuit input range: 8-30VDC
Voltage Power Power Power – Controlled phases: 2
[VAC] [kvar] [kvar] [kvar] – Forced ventilation: DCTM3 400 100 only
400 30 50 100 – Ambient conditions
• Operating temperature: -10...+45°C
440 33 55 110 • Use at higher temperatures with power derating,
DCTM3 400... 480 36 60 120 refer to page 23-17
525 — 66 131 • IEC degree of protection: IP10.
INDICATIONS
– Auxiliary power on
– Over temperature alarm
– Trigger LED.
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: EN 50178.
23

page 23-13 page 23-13 page 23-17 23-11
REACTIVE CURRENT CONTROLLER

DCRM 2
5 58 (2.28")
53.5 (2.11") (0.20") 43.7 (1.72")
104.7 (4.12")
98.3 (3.87")
45 (1.77")
90 (3.54")
Ø4.2 59.9 (2.36")

(0.16")
POWER FACTOR CONTROLLERS

DCRK 3 - DCRK5 - DCRK7 Cutout
31
(1.22”) 92 (3.62”)
12 53 (2.09”) 6
96 (3.78”) (0.47”) (0.24”)
92 (3.62”)
96 (3.78”)
PA96X96
DCRK8 - DCRK12 Cutout

31
(1.22”)
138.5 (5.45”)
15 47 (1.85”) 7.7
144 (5.67”) (0.59”) (0.30”)
138.5 (5.45”)
137 (5.39”)
144 (5.67”)
PACR
DCRG 8 Cutout
138.5 (5.45”)
144 (5.67”) 44
(1.73”)
138.5 (5.45”)
137 (5.39”)
144 (5.67”)
64.5 (2.54”)
73 (2.87”) 9.2
EXP 10... (0.36”)
D
DCRJ8 - DCRJ12 - DCRJ12F Cutout
138.5 (5.45”)
15 47 (1.85”) 7.7
144 (5.67”) (0.59”) (0.30”)
23
138.5 (5.45”)
144 (5.67”)
137 (5.39”)
23-12
Automatic power factor controllers and thryistor modules
THYRISTOR MODELES
DCTM3 400 030 - DCTM3 400 050 DCTM3 400 100
157 (6.18”) 157 (6.18”)
145 (5.71”) 145 (5.71”) 205 (8.07”)
134 (5.27”) 134 (5.27”) 135 (5.31”) 64 (2.52”)
123 (4.84”) 123 (4.84”) 2.5 (0.10”)
200 (7.87”)
200 (7.87”)
170 (6.69”)
120 (4.72”)
170 (6.69”)
120 (4.72”)
253 (9.96”)
61 (2.40”)
53 (2.09”)
83 (3.27”) 78 (3.07”)
135 (5.31”) 83 (3.27”)
5 103 (4.05”)
(0.20”)
Wiring diagrams
REACTIVE CURRENT CONTROLLER

DCRM 2
Single-phase connection Three-phase connection
BF...K type BF...K type

contactor contactor
connection connection
THYRISTOR MODELES
DCTM3 400...
MAINS
L1 L2 L3
DCTM3
L1 C1
C1
L3
- +
C3
L N
23
Fan power supply 240VAC input
(DCTM3 400 100 only)
LOAD Control circuit input

8...30VDC
23-13
Wiring diagrams
POWER FACTOR CONTROLLERS

DCRK... with BFK... type contactor
MAINS
DCRK12
L1 L2 L3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
VOLTAGE 380-415V
CURRENT
/5A
0V
S1 S2 15 16 C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CT1
FU16
QS1
FU1 FU2 FU12
FU13 FU14 FU15
IMPORTANT
a. For three-phase connection, the voltage input must be connected
KM1 KM2 KM12 between two phases only; the line current transformer must be
connected on the remaining free phase.
b. The polarify of the current input is irrelevant.
LOAD CAUTION! Always remove the power supply before operating on the
terminals.
K1 K2 K12
DCRG 8 with BFK... type contactors

MAINS
DCRG8 EXP10 06 EXP10 01
L1 L2 L3 max. 4 modules max. 2 modules
AUX
SUPPLY
100-240VAC
INPUT
CURRENT VOLTAGE
100-690VAC
0V
/5A
S1-1 S1-2 S1-3 S2 S2 11 12 L1 L2 L3 C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 21 24 13 14 23 24 33 34 43 44
CT1
FU17
QS1
FU1 FU2 FU12
FU13 FU16 FU14 FU15 IIMPORTANT
KM1 KM2 KM12
between two phases only; the line current transformer must be
LOAD
CAUTION! Always remove the power supply before operating on the
terminals.
K1 K2 K12
DCRJ... with BFK... type contactors

MAINS
DCRJ12
L1 L2 L3 TR
AUX
SUPPLY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A
RS485
B
SG
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
CURRENT INPUT
VOLTAGE
100-690VAC TEMP. 18
/5A NTC01
0V
SENSOR 19
S1 S2 15 16 17 L1 L2 L3 C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CT1
FU17
23 QS1
FU1 FU2 FU12
FU13 FU16 FU14 FU15
IIMPORTANT
KM1 KM2 KM12 between two phases only; the line current transformer must be
LOAD CAUTION! Always remove the power supply before operating on the
terminals.
K1 K2 K12
23-14
DCRM series - Reative current controller
TYPE DCRM 2
AUXILIARY SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Rated auxiliary voltage Us 380-415VAC (standard); 220-240VAC and 440-480VAC on request
Operating range 0.85-1.1 Us
Rated frequency 50/60Hz ±5%
Power consumption/dissipation maximum 4.4VA / 2.4W
Micro-breaking immunity ≤ 17ms
No-voltage release ≥ 8ms
VOLTAGE INPUT
Maximum rated voltage Ue 480VAC
Measurement range 80-528VAC
Frequency range 50 or 60Hz ±1% self configurable
Measurement input impedance >1MΩ
Type of connection L1-L2 or L-N
CURRENT INPUT
Type of connection By current transformer (CT)
Rated current Ie 5A~
Measurement range 0.1...6A
Type of input Shunt supplied by external current transformer (low voltage). Max. 5A
Measurement method True RMS value
Overload capacity +20% Ie
Overload peak 10In for 1s
Dynamic limit 160A for 10ms
Burden ≤ 0.6W
ADJUSTMENTS
C/K step 1 and 2 OFF / 0.15-2
Connection and disconnection time delays 1 - 60s
System configuration 3 phase or 1 phase
RELAY OUTPUTS
Number of outputs 2 each with 1 changeover contact (SPDT)
Rated operational voltage 250VAC
Maximum switching voltage 400VAC
IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith 8A
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation B300
Electrical life (with rated load) 105 cycles
Mechanical life 30x106 cycles
CONNECTIONS
Maximum tightening torque 0.8Nm (7 lbin)
Conductor section min-max 0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12AWG)
INSULATION (input-output)
Rated insulation voltage 480VAC
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature –20...+60°C
Storage temperature –30...+80°C
HOUSING
Material Self-extinguishing polyamide
23
23-15
Automatic power factor controllers and thyristors modules
DCRK and DCRJ series - Power factor controllers
TYPE DCRK3 - DCRK5 - DCRK7 DCRK8 - DCRK12 DCRG8 DCRJ8 - DCRJ12 DCRJ12F
Rated auxiliary voltage Us ∂ ∂ 100-240VAC 110-127 / 110-127 /
220-240VAC 220-240VAC
dual voltage dual voltage
Operating range –– -15 to +10%
Rated frequency –– 50Hz o 60Hz ±5%
Power consumption maximum –– 7VA 9.7VA 9.2VA
Power dissipation maximum –– 5.5W
(output contacts excluded)
VOLTAGE CIRCUIT
Control voltage 380-415VAC standard∑ 100-690VAC
(self powered)
Operating range -15 to +20% 85-760VAC
Rated voltage 50 or 60Hz ±1% self configurable
Power consumption 6.2VA 5VA 0.03VA
Power dissipation maximum 2.7W 3W ––
(output contacts excluded)
dissipatadai contatti di uscita)
Power dissipation by contact of 0,5W
one output / with 5A load at 250VAC)
Immunity time for microbreakings ≤65ms ≤45ms
No-voltage release ≥8ms
CURRENT CIRCUIT
Rated current Ie 5A (1A on request) Programmable 5A/1A 5A (1A on request)
Operating range 0.125-6A
Constant overload 1.2 Ie
Short time withstand current 10 Ie for 1s
Current consumption 0.65W 0.27VA
MEASUREMENT DATA
Type of voltage-current measurement TRMS
Power factor adjustment 0.8 inductive to 0.8 capactive
Type of temperature sensor Semiconductor (internal) Internal+PT100 w/EXP... Semiconductor (internal)+NTC01 (external)
Temperature measurement range -30...+85°C –– -40...+85°C for external
RELAY OUTPUTS
Number of outputs 3, 5 or 7 8 or 12 8 (10, 12, 14, 16 w/EXP...) 8 or 12 1
Contact arrangement 3, 5 or 7 N0 (SPST) contacts 7 or 11 NO (SPST) contacts + 1 changeover (SPDT) 1 changeover (SPDT)
IEC rated capacity 5A 250V (AC1)
Maximum capacity of common 12A
terminal of contacts
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 B300
designation
Electrical life (at rated load) 105 cycles
STATIC OUTPUTS
Number of outputs –– 4 or 8 with EXP10 01 –– 11
Type of output –– Opto-isolated bi-direc-
tional (Opto-Mosfet)
Rated operational voltage –– 40VDC - 30VAC
Rated operational current –– 55mA at 60°C
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminal Removable/plug-in
Conductor section min-max 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature -20...+60°C
Storage temperature -30...+80°C
HOUSING
Version Flush mount Flush mount
23 Material Self-extinguishing Noryl Self-extinguishing LEXAN
IEC degree of protection IP54 IP41 IP54 IP41 IP41
∂ Refer to data given under voltage circuit.
∑ Other voltages on request: 220-240VAC; 415-440VAC; 440-480VAC; 480-525VAC.
23-16
Thyristor modules
TYPE DCTM3 400 30 DCTM3 400 50 DCTM3 400 100

Rated auxiliary voltage Us 400-480VAC 400-525VAC 400-525VAC
Rated current Ie 43A 72A 144A
Step power at 400VAC 30kvars 50kvars 100kvars
Maximum inverse voltage 2200VAC 2800VAC 2800VAC
Number of controlled phases 2
Self powered Yes
Auxiliary fan power supply input –– –– 230VAC
Power consumption maximum 9VA
Control circuit 8-30VDC
(2mA at 12VDC)
Over-temperature protection Yes
Cooling system Natural Natural Forced ventilation
(fan control voltage 230VAC input)
IEC degree of protection IP10
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature -10...+45°C (Ie<50A) -10...+45°C (Ie<100A) -10...+45°C (Ie<190A)
-10...+50°C (Ie<48A) -10...+50°C (Ie<90A) -10...+50°C (Ie<180A)
-10...+55°C (Ie<46A) -10...+55°C (Ie<85A) -10...+55°C (Ie<170A)
HOUSING
Material Metal
23
23-17
Page 26-6 Page 26-7
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROLLERS STAND ALONE GEN-SET CONTROLLERS

• Starting with or without power key switch • Generator voltage and current control
• Programmable inputs and outputs • Engine protection
• Front LED indicators for engine alarm • Programmable inputs and outputs
conditions and diagnostics. • Programmable alarm properties.
Page 26-8 Page 26-9
AUTO MAINS FAILURE (AMF) GEN-SET PARALLELING CONTROLLERS FOR

CONTROLLERS MAINS-GENERATOR AND GENERATOR-GENERATOR
• Automatic starting of generator and load • Mains-generator “closed transition” synchronising
switching to stand-by emergency source in • Mains-generator load sharing with source peak
case of mains failure demand control
• Supervision in “open transition” for contactors, • Generator paralleling supervision (island mode with
motorised circuit breakers and motorised load sharing).
changeover switches
• Engine protection
• Programmable inputs, outputs and alarms.
Page 26-10 Page 26-11
REMOTE UNITS COMMUNICATION DEVICES, SOFTWARE AND

• Remote viewing and control panels ACCESSORIES
• Remote annunciator for alarm and status • Communication interfaces
indication • Additional digital and analog inputs and outputs
• Digital outputs for alarm and status • GPRS-GSM module
condition remoting. • Setup and supervision software and APP.
ENGINE AND GENERATOR CONTROLLERS 26
Extensive selection of functions to

satisfy all application requirements
Power supply range 12-24VDC for
each single product
Totally programmable inputs,
outputs and alarms
RS232, RS485, USB, Ethernet
communication interface
Engine control by CANbus
Setup and supervision software
Modem control for sending alarm
messages and emails.
SEC. - PAGE
Engine and generator controllers
Engine protection controllers .......................................................................................................................................... 26 6
Stand alone gen-set controllers ....................................................................................................................................... 26 7
Automatic mains failure (AMF) gen-set controllers ......................................................................................................... 26 8
Paralleling controllers for mains-generator and generator-generator ............................................................................. 26 9
Remote units .................................................................................................................................................................... 26 10
Communication devices and accessories . ...................................................................................................................... 26 11
Software .......................................................................................................................................................................... 26 12
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 26 13
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
Characteristics
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROLLERS STAND ALONE GEN-SET CONTROLLERS

RGK30 RGK20 RGK40 RGK600 SA RGK700 SA RGK800 SA
RGK601 SA
Generator voltage control – L-N L1-L2-L3/N L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N
Current control – – L1 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N
Rated frequency – 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60/400Hz
Digital inputs n° 4 4 6 5 7 9
Digital outputs n° 2 (Relay) 3 (SSR) 1 (Relay) + 4 (SSR) 6 (SSR) 3 (Relay) + 4 (SSR) 3 (Relay)+6 (SSR)+1(SO)
Engine running inputs “D+” and “AC” “D+” and “AC” “D+” and “AC” “D+” “D+” and “AC” “D+” and “AC”
Ohmic inputs for fuel-pressure-temperature – – –
Remote control – – – –
CANbus interface – – – RGK601SA
Rated battery voltage 12/24VDC 12/24VDC 12/24VDC 12/24VDC 12/24VDC 12/24VDC
Power supply range 9-33VDC 9-35VDC 9-35VDC 7-33VDC 7-33VDC 7-33VDC
Mains voltage control – – – – – –
Rated voltage range – 10-277VAC 100-415VAC 100-480VAC 30-600VAC 30-600VAC
VT programming – –
Rated input current – – 5A 5A/1A 5A/1A 5A/1A
TRMS voltage measurement – –
TRMS current measurement – –
Display – 7 digit LCD 4-digit LCD Graphic backlight Graphic backlight Graphic backlight
LCD, LCD, LCD,
128x80 pixels 128x80 pixels 128x80 pixels
Engine running magnetic pick-up input – – – RGK600SA
Engine speed input “W” “W” or generator “W” or generator “W” or generator “W” or generator “W” or generator
frequency frequency frequency or frequency frequency
“Pick-up” (RGK600SA) or “Pick-up” or “Pick-up”
Auxiliary analog input – – – – –
I/O expansion – – – RGK RR RGK RR 3 x EXP... + RGK RR
USB/Optical port on front – – –
Wi-Fi port on front – – –
USB port at rear – – – – – EXP1010
Ethernet port with Web server function – – – – – EXP1013
GPRS/GSM modem – – – – – EXP1015
RS232 serial port – (TTL) (TTL) – EXP1011
RS485 serial port – – – – –
Event logging – – –
RTC (Real Time Clock) – – – – –
Programmable Inputs/Outputs –
PLC logic function – – – –
Alarms n° 6 13 25 59 60 60
User alarms n° – 1 1 4 8 8
Alarm property customising –
Texts for alarms, events and parameters – – –
Multilanguage (type) n° – – – 5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
Upload languages – – –
Load sharing – – – – – –
Generator paralleling – – – – – –
Mains-generator synchronising – – – – – –
(closed transition)
IEC front degree of protection IP41 IP41 IP54 IP54 IP65 IP65
Certifications cULus, EAC cULus, EAC cULus, EAC cULus, EAC cULus, EAC cULus, EAC
26
Frequency only.
Controller uploading of other mutilanguage sets.
IP65 with optional gasket seal.
26-2
AUTO MAINS (AMF) GEN-SET CONTROLLERS PARALLELING / LOAD SHARING

RGK600 RGK700 RGK800 RGK900 RGK900 SA
RGK601
Generator voltage control L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N
Current control L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N
Rated frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60/400Hz 50/60/400Hz 50/60/400Hz
Digital inputs n° 5 7 9 13 13
Digital outputs n° 6 (SSR) 3 (Relay) + 4 (SSR) 3 (Relay) + 6 (SSR) + 1(SO) 3 (Relay) + 6 (SSR) + 1(SO) 3 (Relay) + 6 (SSR) + 1(SO)
Engine running inputs “D+” “D+” and “AC” “D+” and “AC” “D+” and “AC” “D+” and “AC”
Ohmic inputs for fuel-pressure-temperature
Remote control –
CANbus interface RGK601
Rated battery voltage 12/24VDC 12/24VDC 12/24VDC 12/24VDC 12/24VDC
Power supply range 7-33VDC 7-33VDC 7-33VDC 7-36VDC 7-36VDC
Mains voltage control – L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3-N –
Rated voltage range 100-480VAC 30-600VAC 30-600VAC 30-600VAC 30-600VAC
VT programming
Rated input current 5A/1A 5A/1A 5A/1A 5A/1A 5A/1A
TRMS voltage measurement
TRMS current measurement
Display Graphic backlight Graphic backlight Graphic backlight Graphic backlight Graphic backlight
LCD, LCD, LCD, LCD, LCD,
192x112 pixels 128x80 pixels 128x80 pixels 128x112 pixels 128x112 pixels
Engine running magnetic pick-up input RGK600
Engine speed input “W” or generator “W” or generator “W” or generator “W” or generator “W” or generator
frequency (RGK600) frequency frequency frequency frequency
or “Pick-up” or “Pick-up” or “Pick-up” or “Pick-up” or “Pick-up”
Auxiliary analog input – –
I/O expansion RGK RR RGK RR 3 x EXP... + RGK RR 4 x EXP... + RGK RR 4 x EXP... + RGK RR
USB/Optical port on front
Wi-Fi port on front
USB port at rear – – EXP1010 EXP1010 EXP1010
Ethernet port with Web server function – – EXP1013 EXP1013 EXP1013
GPRS/GSM modem – – EXP1015 EXP1015 EXP1015
RS232 serial port – EXP1011 EXP1011 EXP1011
RS485 serial port – –
Event logging
RTC (Real Time Clock) – –
Programmable Inputs/Outputs
PLC logic function –
Alarms n° 59 60 60 67 67
User alarms n° 4 8 8 16 16
Alarm property customising
Texts for alarms, events and parameters
Multilanguage (type) n° 5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E) 5 (GB - I - F - P - E)
Upload languages –
Load sharing – – –
Generator paralleling – – – –
Mains-generator synchronising – – – –
(closed transition)
IEC front degree of protection IP54 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Certifications cULus, EAC cULus, EAC cULus, EAC cULus cULus
26
26-3
RGK 700 - 800 - 900
A SUPERIOR CLASS!
CUSTOMISING OPTION
There is a customising slot available on the front to show
controller brand name, logo, trademark, part number,
brief indication or wording, etc.
PROGRAMMING OPTICAL PORT

The optical port on the panel front, using a standard USB or
Wi-Fi point, allows to communicate with a PC, smartphone
and tablet, to carry out programming, diagnostics and data
download, without removing power to the electric panel.
COMPACT SIZE IP65 DEGREE OF PROTECTION CABLING AND EXPANSION MODULE FIXING SYSTEM
33 The controller front and the internal The controller rear has 4 fitting slots to secure cables connected to the
43 display frame seal have been terminals with cable ties, in an orderly way inside the electric panel. In addition,
designed to warrant an IP65 a plastic retainer is standard supplied to keep the expansion modules in place
protection degree (optional IP65 when installed in applications with strong vibrations.
gasket for RGK 600-RGK 601). This
with the UV film also allow outdoor
installation.
RGK 800
RGK 900
35
RGK 600 RGK 700

RGK 601 RGK 800 EXPANDABILITY
RGK 900 Basic RGK 800 and RGK 900 controller functions can be easily extended using
up to 4 EXP series expansion modules:
- Digital and analog inputs and outputs
Trim frame profile and reduced total - Opto-isolated static outputs
depth simplify installation of the INSTALLATION - Relay outputs
controllers also in very compact The fixing with metal screws guarantees - Opto-isolated RS232 interface
electric panels. excellent adhesion over time. - Opto-isolated RS485 interface
- Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with Web server function
- Data logging and clock-calendar (RTC)
- GPRS/GSM modem
EXP...
157
RGK 800 (3 modules)

RGK 900 (4 modules)
26
K!
56 CLIC
59 12
RGK 800
RGK 900
26-4
RGK 700 - 800 - 900
EXPANDABILITY
An extensive selection of modules is available to increase the
controller functionity.
GPRS/GSM MODEM
Among the expansion modules, there is a GPRS/GSM modem,
automatically configured by genset controller.
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance supervision at programmed intervals.
STREAMLINE DESIGN
The controller has an ergonomic design and, at the same
time, particular care has been given to details.
GPRS/GSM MODEM PLC FUNCTION REMOTE UNITS SUPERVISION SOFTWARE

Remote displays panels is web-based and provides
for an easy and efficient way to
monitor and control electrical
installations as well as field
equipment.
Once a data-enabled SIM card is

inserted, RGK 800 - RGK 900
controllers can send SMS and email Capability to combine together
messages with alarm and event internal status of controllers with
conditions as well as the latest logged signals incoming from the field to
activate outputs and generate alarms. There are “mirror” display units With this versatile system, the user
events to a FTP server.
available to remotely operate as if in can parameterise controllers, get
front of the generating set. data-log files and commands
LOAD MANAGEMENT carried out, compile graphic pages
OPTO-ISOLATED ETHERNET INTERFACE and charts and implement access
There are different methods of Remote annunciator
WITH WEB SERVER FUNCTION level management.
controlling the load conditions; each
controller has special parameters
functions as follows:
- RGK 600 - RGK 700 - RGK800
types: load shedding and dummy
load modes
- RGK 900 types: base-load and
peak shaving modes.
A remote display can view alarm
conditions and can be operated for
PARALLELING silencing them.
Web Browsing of the single controller Server-multiclient system based on
RGK 900 and RGK 900SA
connected in Ethernet by EXP10 13 Alarm-state relay unit MS SQL RDBMS with web-browser
controllers can control the
expansion module. The relay unit allows to transmit, on interface.
switching between the mains and
volt-free contacts, the status and Simultaneous management of
generators without having to switch
alarms of RGK... controllers. different communication channels
off the power supply to the load.
with independent configuration
CANBUS COMMUNICATION PORT In addition, they can control the
(protocols, speed rate, RS232,
Most models are standard equipped paralleling connection of two or
RS485, Ethernet, modem).
with CAN-J1939 communication more generators sharing in this way
port. the load on more than one source.
The RGK 900MC can control and
synchronise mains parallel
operation with a power bus
composed by a series of generating
sets.
26
26-5
Engine protection Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics for RGK 30
controllers per OPERATOR INTERFACE
pkg – 2 programming key buttons
n° [kg] – 1 LED indicator for engine status
– 1 LED indicator for glow plug pre-heating
RGK 30 12/24VDC for external 1 0.160 – 5 LED indicators for alarm status
start-stop key switch – Remote starting only.
RGK 20 12/24VDC, built-in power 1 0.270
supply key switch, with INPUTS/OUTPUTS
TTL programming port – Digital inputs: 3 negative and 1 positive
RGK 30 (start/stop by remote key switch)
– Digital outputs: 2 relay (1 programmable).

Certifications obtained: UL Listed, for USA and Canada
(cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices-Generator
controllers; GOST TR-CU.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, EN 55011, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
RGK 20 General characteristics for RGK 20

OPERATOR INTERFACE
– 1 ON-OFF power supply key selector switch
– 1 semi-automatic engine START button
– 2 programmable key buttons
– 7 digit LCD display (Hours, Hz, VBatt)
– 1 LED indicator for engine status
– 1 LED indicator for glow plug pre-heating
– 5 LED indicators for alarm status
– Local or remote starting.
INPUTS/OUTPUTS
Programmable functions:
– Generator frequency input
– Digital inputs: 3 negative and 1 positive
– Digital outputs: 3 static (1 programmable)
– Inputs, outputs and alarms, all with programmable
properties.
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
– Quick set-up with PC software (TTL/RS232 serial
port).

Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices-
Generator controllers.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
26
Accessories Dimensions
26-6 page 26-11 page 26-13
Stand alone gen-set Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics for RGK 40
controllers per OPERATOR INTERFACE
pkg – 1 ON-OFF power supply key selector switch
n° [kg] – 1 semi-automatic engine START button
– 2 programming key buttons
RGK 40 12/24VDC, built-in power 1 0.400 – 4 digit LED display (V, A, kVA, Hours, Vbatt, Hz)
key switch, with TTL – 6 LED indicators for measurements/readings
programming port – 2 LED indicators for genset status indication
RGK 600SA 12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1 0.540 – 1 LED indicator for glow plug pre-heating
USB/optical and Wi-Fi – 8 LED indicators s for alarm status
point programming port – Local and remote starting.
on front, W/Pick-up speed
input, IP54 INPUTS/OUTPUTS
RGK 40
RGK 601SA 12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1 0.540 Programmable functions:
USB/optical and Wi-Fi – VAC inputs: Generator L1-L2-L3/N
point programming port – Digital inputs: 5 negative and 1 positive
on front, CANbus port, – Digital outputs: 1 relay and 4 static
IP54 – Programmable properties for inputs, outputs and
RGK 700SA 12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1 0.900 alarms.
RS232 serial port and
USB/optical and Wi-Fi ADDITIONAL FEATURES
point programming port – Quick set-up with PC software (TTL/RS232 port)
on front, CANbus port, – Certifications: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and Canada
RGK 600SA - RGK 601SA IP65 (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Generator
controller.
RGK 800SA 12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1 0.980
RS485 serial port and General characteristics for
USB/optical and Wi-Fi RGK 600SA - RGK 601SA - RGK 700SA - RGK 800SA
point programming port – VAC inputs: Generator L1-L2-L3-N
on front, CANbus port, – Single, two and three phase voltage control, with or
IP65. without neutral
Expandible with EXP... – Rated measurement voltage range:
modules • 50-576VAC for RGK 600SA and RGK 601SA
• 30-720VAC for RGK 700SA and RGK 800SA
– Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio
– Current measurement range (3 PH): 0.050-6A or
0.050-1.2A
RGK 700SA - RGK 800SA Programmable functions and properties – Graphic LCD: 128x80 pixels with backlight
Characteristics RGK 6...SA RGK 700SA RGK 800SA – 1 USB/optical and Wi-Fi port on front for programming
– Engine running detection: “D+”, generator voltage and
Inputs 5 7 9 frequency
Relay outputs – 3 3 – 2 engine speed inputs: “W” or Magnetic “Pick-up”
Protected static 6 4 7 (RGK 601SA excluded)
outputs – 1 CANbus-J1939 port (RGK 600SA excluded)
– 3 analog ohmic inputs for oil pressure, engine
temperature and fuel level control
– 1 built-in alarm remoting port
– Non-volatile memory for event storage
– Alarm, event and parameter text in 5 languages
Order code Description – Alarm text customisable (8 alarms)
– Event log
ACCESSORY FOR RGK 600SA AND RGK 601SA – Modbus-RTU and Modbus-ASCII protocols
RGK X00 IP65 gasket seal for internal display frame – Customisation manager software available; compatible
with software
EXPANSION MODULES FOR RGK 800SA – Certifications: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and Canada
Inputs and outputs. (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices –
EXP10 00 4 opto-isolated digital inputs Generator controllers.
EXP10 01 4 opto-isolated static outputs
EXP 10... For RGK 700SA – RGK 800SA only
EXP10 02 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated – PLC logic for inputs, outputs and internal status
EXP10 03 2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC – 1 communication port: RS232 for RGK700SA; RS485
EXP10 04 2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or for RGK 800SA
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V – Degree of protection: IEC IP65 on front; suitable for
use with UL/CSA Type 4X outdoor enclosure
EXP10 05 2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or installation.
0-10V or 0...±5V
STAND ALONE APPLICATION EXP10 08 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay For RGK 800SA only
outputs rated 5A 250VAC – Neutral current measurement range: 0.050-6A or
Communications interface. 0.050-1.2A
G EXP10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface
– 400Hz frequency support
– 1 programmable analog input
EXP10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface – Modbus-TCP communication protocol
EXP10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface – Current leakage control towards earth/ground
– Clock-calendar (RTC).
CONTROL PANEL EXP10 13 Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXP10 15 GPRS/GSM modem MAIN FUNCTIONS FOR RGK 600SA-RGK 601SA-
RGK 700SA-RGK 800SA
LOAD supervision software – Menus for quick selection of rated parameter settings 26
See Section 27. – “Autocall” function for automatic sending of emails
and/or SMS at predefined events/alarms
EXP series expansion modules – Generator controls: phase sequence, maximum and
See Section 27, page 2. minimum voltage and frequency, voltage asymmetry
– Programmable maintenance.
Accessories and software Expansion modules Dimensions

pages 26-11 and 12 page 28-2 page 26-13 26-7
Automatic mains failure Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics for
(AMF) gen-set controllers per RGK 600 - RGK 601 - RGK 700 - RGK 800
pkg – VAC inputs: Mains and generator L1-L2-L3-N
n° [kg] – Voltage control for one, two and three phase systems
with or without neutral
RGK 600 12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1 0.540 – Rated measurement voltage:
USB/optical and Wi-Fi • 480VAC for RGK 600 and RGK 601
point programming port • 600VAC for RGK 700 and RGK 800
on front, W/Pick-up speed – Rated measurement voltage range:
input • 50-576VAC for RGK 600 and RGK 601
RGK 601 12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1 0.540 • 30-720VAC for RGK 700 and RGK 800
USB/optical and Wi-Fi – Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
point programming port – Programmable VT ratio
RGK 600 - RGK 601 on front, CANbus port – Current measurement range (3 PH): 0.050-6A or
RGK 700 12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 1 0.880 0.050-1.2A
with RS232 port and – Graphic LCD: 128x80 pixels with backlight
USB/optical and Wi-Fi – 1 USB/optical and Wi-Fi port on front for programming
point programming port – Engine running detection: “D+”, generator voltage and
on front, CANbus port, frequency
IP65 – 2 engine speed inputs: “W” or Magnetic “Pick-up”
(RGK 601 excluded)
RGK 800 12/24VDC, graphic LCD 1 0.880 – 1 CANbus-J1939 port (RGK 600 excluded)
with RS485 port and – 3 analog ohmic inputs for oil pressure, engine
USB/optical and Wi-Fi temperture and fuel level control
point programming port – 1 built-in alarm remoting port
on front, CANbus port, – Non-volatile memory for event storage
IP65. – Alarm, event and parameter text in 5 languages
Expandible with EXP... – Alarm text customisable (8 alarms)
modules – Event log
RGK 700 - RGK 800
– Modbus-RTU and Modbus-ASCII communication
protocols
– Customisation manager software available; compatible
with software.
Programmable functions and properties
Characteristic RGK 600 RGK 601 RGK 700 RGK 800 For RGK 700 – RGK 800 only
– PLC logic for inputs, outputs and internal status
Inputs 5 5 7 9 – 1 communication port: RS232 for RGK700; RS485 for
Relay outputs – – 3 3 RGK 800
Protected static 6 6 4 7 – Degree of protection: IEC IP65 on front; suitable for
outputs use with UL/CSA Type 4X outdoor enclosure
installation.
For RGK 800 only

Order code Description – Neutral current measurement range:
0.050-6A or 0.050-1.2A
– 400Hz frequency support
ACCESSORY FOR RGK 600 AND RGK 601 – 1 programmable analog input
RGK X00 IP65 gasket seal for internal display frame – Modbus-TCP communication protocol
EXPANSION MODULES FOR RGK 800 – Current leakage control towards earth/ground
Inputs and outputs. – Clock-calendar (RTC).
EXP10 00 4 opto-isolated digital inputs
MAIN FUNCTIONS FOR RGK 600-RGK 601-RGK 700-
EXP10 01 4 opto-isolated static outputs RGK 800
EXP10 02 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated – Menus for quick selection of rated parameter settings
– “Autocall” function for automatic sending of emails
EXP 10... EXP10 03 2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
and/or SMS at predefined events/alarms
EXP10 04 2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or – Generator controls: Phase sequence, maximum and
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V minimum voltage and frequency, voltage asymmetry
EXP10 05 2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or – Programmable maintenance.
0-10V or 0...±5V
EXP10 08 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
outputs rated 5A 250VAC
Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices -
Communications interface. Generator controllers.
EXP10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
EXP10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
EXP10 13 Ethernet interface with Web server function supervision software
AMF (AUTOMATIC MAINS FAILURE) See Section 27.
EXP10 15 GPRS/GSM modem
APPLICATION
26
AMF PANEL
LOAD

26-8 pages 26-11 and 12 page 28-2 page 26-13
Paralleling controllers for Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

mains-generator and per – VAC inputs: Mains L1-L2-L3-N for RGK 900 only
pkg – VAC inputs: Generator L1-L2-L3-N
generator-generator n° [kg] – Voltage measurement rated value: 600VAC (UL/CSA)
– Voltage measurement range: 30-720VAC
Stand-alone controller. – Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz or 360-440Hz
RGK 900SA Paralleling control among 1 1.040 – Programmable VT ratio
generating sets. – Current measurement input (3 PH+N): 0.05-6A or
12/24VDC, graphic LCD, 0.05-1.2A
RS485 port and USB/optical – Fourth CT for neutral measurement or earth/ground
and Wi-Fi point programming leakage detection
port on front. Expandable – Graphic LCD, 128x112 pixels with backlight
with EXP... modules – 13 digital inputs
AMF (Automatic Mains Failure) controller. – 3 relay outputs rated 8A 250VAC
– 6 static outputs rated 2A, protected
RGK 900SA - RGK 900 RGK 900 Mains-generator paralleling 1 1.040 – 1 static output 50mA
control. – Engine running detection: “D+” generator voltage and
12/24VDC, graphic LCD, frequency
with RS485 port, USB/optical – 1 engine speed input: “W” or “Magnetic Pick-up”
and Wi-Fi point programming – 3 analog ohmic inputs for oil pressure, engine
port on front. Expandable temperature and fuel level control
with EXP... modules – 1 programmable analog input
Mains-ATS (Automatic Transfer Switching) controller. – 2 analog outputs for engine speed control (governor) /
RGK 900 MC Control of mains, automatic 1 0.940 voltage regulator (AVR)
transfer switching (ATS), – Alarm-event-parameter text in 5 languages (Web upload)
and paralleling on multiple – Alarm text customisable (16 alarms)
generators controlled by – Event log
RGK 900SA. – Modbus-RTU, Modbus-ASCII and Modbus-TCP
12/24VDC, graphic LCD, communication protocols
with RS485 port and – Boolean logic for inputs, outputs and internal status
USB/optical and Wi-Fi point – Customisation manager software available; compatible
programming port. with software
Expandable with EXP... – Degree of protection: IEC IP65 on front; suitable for use
modules with UL/CSA Type 4X outdoor enclosure installation
– Built-in buzzer
– Multi-level passwords
Order code Description – Sleep function (power saving mode)
– Synchronising and load sharing.
EXPANSION MODULES FOR RGK 900...
MAIN FUNCTIONS
Inputs and outputs.
– Menus for quick selection of rated parameter settings
EXP10 00 4 opto-isolated digital inputs – “Autocall” function for automatic sending of emails
EXP10 01 4 opto-isolated static outputs and/or SMS at predefined events/alarms
– Mains (for RGK 900 only) / Generator controls: Phase
EXP10 02 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
sequence, phase loss, max and min voltage and
EXP10 03 2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC frequency, voltage asymmetry
EXP10 04 2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or – Programmable maintenance at various intervals
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V – Current leakage control towards earth/ground
– Mains-generator synchronising (ATS closed transition)
EXP10 05 2 opto-isolated static outputs 0/4-20mA or
– Mains in base-load with generator in peak shaving
0-10V or 0...±5V
– Paralleling supervision of generators (island mode)
EXP10 08 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay – Generating set start scheduling.
EXP 10... Certifications and compliance
Communications interface.
Certifications obtained: UL Listed for USA and Canada
EXP10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices, Generator
EXP10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface controllers.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
EXP10 13 Ethernet interface with web server function CSA C22.2 n° 14.
See Section 28, page 2. EXP10 15 GPRS/GSM modem
MAINS-GENERATOR PARALLELING ISLAND MODE ATS AND PARALLELING OF MAINS WITH MULTIPLE GENSETS
G G G G G G G
PANEL WITH PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL

PARALLEL SOURCES
PANEL
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
RGK 900 is designed for mains-generator synchronising RGK 900SA is designed for applications with load sharing on Combination of RGK 900SA and RGK 900MC units is designed for load govern
applications, such as:
a) Single generator in maintained parallel with the mains in
an isolated bus, without mains:
a) Parallel among generators working together in island
controls with multiple generators in parallel on power bus and mains.
In these circumstances, the RGK 900MC unit controls, in base-load or peak- 26
“base-load” mode (generator power supplied at a steady mode on power bus with load shared among them shaving mode, the mains and power bus composed by multiple generators, each
rate) b) Generators connected together to maintain the power controlled by an RGK 900SA.
b) Single generator in maintained parallel with the mains, in reserve (total power available minus load power) within a
peak-shaving mode (import-export – mains power is preset range, switching on and off generators according to
limited to constant value and load peaks during heavy a priority level.
demand for power are supplied by generator)
c) Single generator in AMF with temporary parallel with the
mains (for emergency, with AMF in closed transition).

pages 26-11 and 12 page 28-2 page 26-13 26-9
Remote access devices Order code Description Qty Wt Remote display panel characteristics
per For remote controller supervision and viewing, the user
pkg operates the remote display panel as if directly in front of
n° [kg] the generating set.
– 12/24VDC battery power supply
RGK 800 RD SA Remote display panel for 1 0.820 – Graphic LCD with backlight:
RGK 800SA, 12/24VDC, • 128x80 pixels for RGK 800...
IP65 protection degree • 128x112 pixels for RGK 900...
RGK 800 RD Remote display panel for 1 0.820 – 13 function and setting keys
RGK 800, 12/24VDC, – 10 Indication LEDs for operating modes and status
IP65 protection degree – Built-in buzzer
RGK 900 RD SA Remote display panel for 1 0.980 – 4 digital inputs
RGK 900SA, 12/24VDC, – 2 digital outputs
IP65 protection degree – Conductor cross section: 0.2-2.5mm² (24-12 AWG;
18-12 AWG per UL/CSA)
RGK 800 RD RGK 900 RD Remote display panel for 1 0.980 – Tightening torque: 0.56Nm (4.5lbin)
RGK 900, 12/24VDC, – Front degree of protection: IEC IP65; UL/CSA Type 4X
IP65 protection degree outdoor enclosure installation
RGK RA Remote annunciator, 1 0.360 – Serial interface ports: opto-isolated RS485 (RGK…RD);
graphic LCD, touch screen CANbus-J1979 (RGK…SA).
128x112 pixels, IP54 protection
Remote annunciator characteristics
Alarm conditions can be viewed on the remote display
and alarm silencing can also be activated.
– Dual 100-240VAC / 12-24VDC power supply
– Touch screen 120x112 pixel backlight graphic LCD
RGK RA – Built-in buzzer
– Static (SSR) output for global alarm signalling
– Opto-isolated RS485 interface port
Alarm-status relay unit Order code Description Qty Wt – Conductor cross section: 0.2-2.5mm² (24-12 AWG;
per 18-12 AWG per UL/CSA)
pkg – Tightening torque: 0.56Nm (4.5lbin)
– Front degree of protection: IEC IP54; UL Type 1.
n° [kg]
RGK RR Remote unit for alarms/status, 1 0.420 Alarm-status relay unit characteristics
12/24VDC, 12 relay outputs, External relay expansion unit for alarm and status
pulse input, CANbus remoting.
communication port Fixing on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715).
Communication with RGK... controllers by CANbus or
pulse inputs:
– 12 relay outputs of which 5 with changeover (SPDT)
RGK RR
contact rated 5A 250VAC / B300 and 7 N/O (SPST)
contact rated 2.5A 250VAC / C300
– 12/24VDC power supply
– Up to 2 RGK RR units can be connected in cascade for
a total of 24 relays
– Maximum installation distance from the RGK 6... and
RGK 700... RGK 900 controllers:
• CANbus: 30m/33yd (high speed)
• Inputs/Outputs: 1,000m/1,094yd (low speed)
– Conductor cross section: 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG)
– Tightening torque: 0.56 Nm/4.5lbin.
Canada (cULus – File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices,
Generator controllers remote and relay units for all
except pending for RGK900… types.
Comply with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
For wiring schemes and technical characteristics, refer to

technical instructions in Downloads of local or global
website or consult Customer Service; see contact details
on inside front cover.
26
Dimensions
26-10 page 26-13
Communication devices for Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

RGK 600... - RGK 700... per Communication and connection devices for generating
pkg set controllers RGK 600-RGK 700-RGK 800-RGK 900...
RGK 800... - RGK 900... n° [kg] for personal computers, smartphones, tablets, modems,
bus drives.
CX 01 USB/optical dongle with 1 0.090
PCcontroller connecting cable CX 01
for programming, data download, The USB/optical connector, complete with cable, allows
diagonistics and firmware upgrade to connect RGK 600-RGK 700-RGK 800-RGK 900...
CX 02 Wi-Fi dongle for PC controller 1 0.090 controllers to a PC without having to disconnect the
CX 01 programming, data download, power supply from the electric panel and to carry out
diagnotics and firmware upgrade, parameter programming, data and event download,
project upload/download and diagnostics and firmware upgrade.
controller cloning The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
CX 03 GSM/GPRS quad-band antenna 1 0.090 CX 02
(800/900/1800/1900MHz) for By Wi-Fi connection, RGK 600..., RGK 700..., RGK 800...
EXP10 15 expansion module for and RGK 900... controllers can be viewed by PC,
RGK 800... - RGK 900... smartphone and tablet with no need for cabling and to
CX 02 carry out parameter programming, data and event
download, diagnostics project upload/download and
controller cloning.
CX 03
Compatible with the major part of worldwide mobile
networks thanks to the available frequencies at
800/900/1800/1900MHz.
CX 03 IP67 IEC protection degree. Fixing by Ø12mm/0.04”
drilling.
For wiring schemes and technical characteristics, refer to

technical instructions in Downloads of local or global
website or consult Customer Service; see contact details
Accessories Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

per CONNECTING CABLES 51 C…
pkg They are used to link the RGK… controllers to personal
computers, modems, bus converters.
n° [kg]
Connecting cables. RS232/RS485 CONVERTER DRIVE
51 C2 For PC controller, 1 0.090 It can interface “slave” devices connected in an RS485
1.8m/2yd long bus with a “master” equipped with RS232 interface port.
When configured appropriately, it can also be used as
51 C3 For PC GSM modem 1 0.210 RS485 repeater whenever the devices connected to the
1.8/2yd long bus are many or the maximum distance among the bus
51 C4 For PC RS232/RS485, 1 0.147 devices is longer than the allowed.
converter drive, 1.8m/2yd long
51 C4 GASKET SEAL
51 C11 For PC TTL/RS232 1 0.090
communication port To increase the protection degree of RGK600/610 types
2.8m/3yd long to IEC IP65, the gasket needs to be installed in the fixing
slot on the inside surface of the display frame.
RS232/485 converter drive.
4 PX1 Opto-isolated, 220-240VAC 1 0.600
power supply (110-120VAC on
request)
For RGK 600…. and RGK 601… controllers.
RGK X00 IP65 gasket seal for internal 1 0.100
dislpay frame
RS232/RS485 opto-isolated converter drive, 38,400 Baud rate
maximum, automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision,
220-240VAC ±10% (110-120VAC supply on request).
26
26-11
Software Order code Description Qty Wt Customisation manager software

per Once installed on a personal computer, besides setting up all
pkg functional parameters of the controllers, this RGK SW10
n° [kg] software allows to handle many types of data such as texts,
analog sensor response definition (for fuel, pressure,
RGK SW10 Customisation manager software 1 0.246 temperature), current overload protection, logo or trademark
complete with 51 C2 connecting display at power up and setup exit, custom information
cable pages.
The user can enable and disable alarms along with defining
the controller feedback for alarm conditions and saving
projects with the described types of files in single blocks
despite the fact that different projects can share certain files.
For instance, two projects can have the same text file but
distinct sensor response files.
RGK SW10
The software provides for the remote control and
APP supervision of the RGK… controllers.
See details given in Section 27.
Its structure and applications are based on MS SQL
relational database management system . Consulting is
made through popular programs for Internet browsing
available across different platforms and operating systems.
It is a highly versatile system, simultaneously accessible to a
large number of users/workstations via intranets, VPN or
Internet.
APP for smartphone and tablet

(Setup And Maintenance 1) application allows the
user to program the controller, view alarm conditions, send
commands, read measurements, download statistical data
and events and send retrieved data by email. The connection
is made by Wi-Fi with a smartphone or tablet using the CX02
dongle.
It is iOS and Android compatible. For more details, see
Section 27 or consult Customer Service; see contact details
26
26-12
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROLLERS

RGK 20 Cutout RGK 30 Cutout
9
(0.35") 68 (2.68")
9 92 (3.62")
72 (2.83") 10 73.5 (2.89") 16 (0.35")
(0.39") 27 (0.63")
(1.06") 96 (3.78") 81 (3.19")
45 (1.77")
48 (1.89")
44 (1.73")
72 (2.83")
68 (2.68")
STAND-ALONE GEN-SET CONTROLLER RGK 40 Cutout
14 92 (3.62")
6
96 (3.78") (0.55") 62 (2.44") (0.24")
27
(1.06")
96 (3.78")
90 (3.54")
92 (3.62")
GEN-SET CONTROLLERS RGK 600... - RGK 601... Cutout
144 (5.67”) 43.3 (1.70”) 10 138 (5.43”)
(0.39”)
144 (5.67”)
138 (5.43”)
35
(1.38”)
GEN-SET CONTROLLERS RGK 700... - RGK 800... - RGK 900... - REMOTE DISPLAYS PANELS RGK 800RD - RGK 800RDSA - RGK 900RD - RGK 900RDSA
Cutout
220 (8.66")
240 (9.45") 33
(1.30")
160 (6.30")
157 (6.18")
180 (7.09")
RGK 700, RGK 800RD..., RGK 900RD... excluded. 56 (2.20")

59 (2.32") 12
(0.47")
REMOTE DISPLAY RGK RA Cutout ALARM-STATUS RELAY UNIT RGK RR

24
(0.94") 19 92 (3.62")
96 (3.78") (0.75") 19.8 54.2 (2.13")
(0.78")
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L
H
TR
SG
OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 CAN

90.8 (3.57")
96 (3.78")
92 (3.62")
107 (4.21")
99.6 (3.92")
96 (3.78")
OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 ON

D7 D8 D9 D10 D18 D27 D2
D20 D29 D28 D19 D21 D30 D22
OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 COM
26
REMOTE RELAYS UNIT
OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 PULSE IN SUPPLY
+COM
__
+
INP
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
116 (4.57") 46.5 (1.83")
26-13
Page 19-2 Page 19-5 Page 19-6
LEVEL CONTROL RELAYS ELECTRODES START-UP PRIORITY CHANGE RELAY

• For conductive liquids • Single pole • 2 outputs
• Single, dual or multivoltage • Three pole. • Single or multivoltage
• Emptying or filling functions • Modular and plug-in versions.
• Multifunction
• Automatic resetting
• Modular and plug-in versions.
Description LEVEL CONTROL RELAYS PRIORITY CHANGE RELAYS

FOR 2 MOTORS
LVM20 LVM25 LVM30 LVM40 LV1E LV2E LVMP05 LVMP10 CSP2E
Modular version (2U) (1U) (3U) (3U) (1U) (3U)
Plug-in version
(8 pin) (11 pin) (11 pin)
3 detecting electrodes

(MIN, MAX and COM)
5 detecting electrodes

(MIN1, MAX1, MIN2, MAX2 and COM)
Sensitivity adjustment 2.5...50kΩ
Fixed sensitivity: 7...8kΩ
Adjustable sensitivity full-scale value

25-50-100-200 kΩ
Separate sensitivity adjustment

of MAX probe (foam detection)
Emptying function and alarms
Filling function and alarms
Emptying function with Extra-MIN

and/or Extra-MAX alarm relays
Filling function with Extra-MIN and

Extra-MAX alarm relays
Emptying function with pump

start change control
Filling function with pump start

change control
Tank filling, well drawing functions

and alarm
Filling-emptying adjustment

selector
5 function adjustment

selector
Motor start-up priority change
Motor start-up priority change with

stand-by motor function
Page 19-2 19-3 19-4 19-6
LEVEL CONTROL RELAYS 19
Level monitoring for electrically

conductive liquids
Modular and plug-in versions
Adjustable 2.5-200kΩ sensitivity
Single and three-pole electrodes
Startup priority change relays.
SEC. - PAGE
Level monitoring relays
Modular version for conductive liquids .............................................................................................................................. 19 - 2
Modular starter kit ............................................................................................................................................................ 19 - 4
Plug-in level control relays for conductive liquids .............................................................................................................. 19 - 4
Electrodes and electrode holder. Rod probes ...................................................................................................................... 19 - 5
Start-up priority change relays
Modular version ................................................................................................................................................................. 19 - 6
Plug-in version .................................................................................................................................................................. 19 - 6
Accessories ................................................................................................................. 19 - 7
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 19 - 8
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 19 - 9
C ONTROL
AND
A UTOMATION
Level control relays
Modular version
Single-voltage relay Order code Supply Type of Qty Weight Operational characteristics
voltage output per – Use with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
contacts pkg – 2.5-50kOhm adjustable sensitivity
[V] 50/60Hz n° [kg] – Double insulation between supply, electrodes and
output relay circuit
Automatic resetting. – Fixed probe signal delay: <1s
LVM20 A024 24VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.215 – Green LED indicator for power on
LVM20 A127 110-127VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.215 – Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Modular DIN 43880 housing, 2 module
LVM20 A240 220-240VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.215 – IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
LVM20 A415 380-415VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.215 mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.

Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Level
LVM20... control relays.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Electrodes and electrode holders

Use electrodes or electrode holders type:
SN1/PS31/PS3S/SCM/CGL or similar. See page 19-5.
Multi-voltage relay Order code Supply Type of Qty Weight Operational characteristics
[V] n° [kg] – Insensivity to stray electrode-cable capacitance
– Programming selector for emptying or filling function
Emptying or filling function. with fail-safe operation
Automatic resetting. – Double insulation between supply, electrodes and
LVM25 240 24-240VAC/DC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.095 output relay circuit
– Fixed probe signal delay: <1s
– Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
IP20 on terminals.
LVM25 240
control relays.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.

Dual-voltage relay Order code Supply Type of Qty Weight Operational characteristics
19 [V] 50/60Hz n° [kg] – Programming selector for emptying or filling function
with fail-safe operation
Emptying or filling function. – Double insulation between each supply, electrode and
Automatic resetting. output relay circuit
LVM30 A240 24/220-240VAC 2 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.315 – Adjustable probe signal delay: 1-10s
LVM30 A415 110-127VAC 2 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.315 – Adjustable pump start delay: 0-300s
380-415VAC – Green LED indicator for power on
– Red LED indicator for output relay state
IP20 on terminals.
LVM30... Certifications and compliance

control relays.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.


19-2 page 19-8 page 19-9 page 19-12
Modular version
Single-voltage Order code Auxiliary Type of Qty Weight Operational characteristics

multifunction relay supply output per – Use with 5 sensing electrodes, MIN1, MAX1, MIN2,
voltage contacts pkg MAX2 and COM
[V] 50/60Hz n° [kg] – 2.5-200kOhm adjustable sensitivity
– Sensitivity adjustment: 25-50-100-200kOhm
Multifunctions. – Separate sensitivity adjustment of MAX electrodes for
Automatic resetting. foam detection
LVM40 A024 24VAC 1 C/O +1 N/O 1 0.278 – Insensitivity to stray electrode-cable capacitance
LVM40 A127 110-127VAC 1 C/O +1 N/O 1 0.278 – Programming selector for 5 different functions:
• Standard emptying and alarms
LVM40 A240 220-240VAC 1 C/O +1 N/O 1 0.278 • Standard filling and alarms
LVM40 A415 380-415VAC 1 C/O +1 N/O 1 0.278 • Emptying and filling with priority start-up change
Two relay outputs; one with c/o (SPDT) and the other with N/O (SPST). control
• Filling with priority start-up change pump
• Well draining and tank filling and alarms
– Double insulation between each supply, electrodes and
output relay circuits
LVM40... – Adjustable probe signal delay: 1-10s
– Adjustable pump start delay: 0-30min
FUNCTIONS – Red LED indicators for output relay and electrode state
A- Emptying with MIN and/or EXAMPLE OF EMPTYNG OPERATION – IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front (only when
MAX alarms. To achieve this type of operation, two electrodes are used mounted in housing or electric board with IP40);
to control the liquid between the fixed limits using MIN1 IP20 on terminals.
B- Filling with MIN and MAX1 and two alarm levels using MIN2 and MAX2.
and/or MAX alarms. When one of the alarm electrodes is wet, the alarm relay is Certifications and compliance
de-energised. Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
The alarm can be caused by pump malfunction, Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices - Level
Tank insufficient pump delivery capacity, MAX control level control relays.
Alarm
failure or MIN level electrode shorted. Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5,
MAX 2
Start With a proper connection, only the MIN alarm or MAX IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
MAX 1
MIN 1
Stop alarm can be activated or neither of the two can be CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Alarm
MIN 2 activated so the relative output contacts can be used for
COM pump control. Electrodes and electrode holders
C- Emptying with pump priority EXAMPLE OF EMPTYNG OPERATION

change. This operation is obtained by using four electrodes
positioned at four different levels and two relay outputs to
D- Filling with pump priority control two pumps.
change. For example, one can place the four electrodes, MIN1,
MIN2, MAX1 and MAX2, in increasing order from the
lowest to the highest levels and must control the tank
emptying. Usually. The level is controlled between the
Tank
MIN1 and MAX1 levels by starting one of the two pumps
MAX 2
but this case is different so the pumps can be mainteined
MAX 1 at the best efficiency and optimise thei wear.
MIN 2 When the liquid wets the MAX2 level and because the first
MIN 1
COM
pump is faulty or else a higher delivery capacity is needed,
the second stand-by pump is activiated to back up the first
pump. When the liquid lowers and no longer wets the
MIN2 level, the second pump is stopped and then when
the MIN1 level is no longer wet, the first pump is stopped
too. 19
E- Tank filling and well drawing EXAMPLE OF OPERATION

with alarm. Two electrodes are used in this operation to control the
tank level and another two for the well. One relay is
used to activate the pump while the other for dry
Tank running / no water alarm.
MAX 1
When the well liquid wets the MAX2 level and the
liquid wets the MIN1 tank level, the tank-filling pump
MIN 1
is activated. When the tank MAX1 level is wet, the
COM
pump is stopped.
During the tank filling, the pump could stop before the
MAX1 level is wet because the well MIN2 level is no
longer wet.
Tank Should the tank MIN1 level no longer be wet at which
the pump should restart but the well MIN2 level is also
MAX 2
no longer wet, then the alarm relay is de-energised.
MIN 2
COM

page 19-8 page 19-10 page 19-12 19-3
Modular starter kit.
Plug-in version
Starter kit Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

per LVM25 240
pkg – Use with 2 sensing electrodes, MIN and COM
[mm] n° [kg] – 2.5-50kOhm adjustable sensitivity
– Double insulation between supply, electrodes and
LVMKIT25 Level control starter kit 1 0.192 output relay circuit
complete with LVM25 240 – Fixed probe signal delay: <1s
relay and two SN1 – Green LED indicator for power on
electrodes – Red LED indicator for output relay state
IP20 on terminals.
SN1 SINGLE POLE ELECTRODE
A single pole electrode used for level control in wells or
storage tanks. It comprises an AISI 303 stainless steel
probe, a plastic (PPOX) holder and a cable gland.
A seal ring and the tightening of the cable gland prevent
water from entering the cable terminal connector and
causing its oxidation.
The external cable diameter must be 2.5 to 6mm/Ø0.1 to
0.24” to warrant perfect sealing of the PG7 gland.
Maximum cable section: 2.5mm2/14AWG.
Maximum operating temperature: +60°C.
Application: tanks and deep wells.
Level control relay only:
control relays.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Plug-in Order code Auxiliary Type of Qty Wt Operational characteristics

single-voltage relay supply output per – Used with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
voltage contact pkg – 7-8kOhm fixed sensitivity
[V] 50/60Hz n° [kg] – Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Maximum relay-electrode cable length: 500m/547yd
Automatic reset. using single-core double insulated cables
31 LV1E 24 24VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.263 – 8-pin plug-in housing
31 LV1E 110 110-120VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.263 – Mounting on 35mm (IEC/EN 60715) DIN rail using
31 S8 socket; see page 19-7
31 LV1E 230 220-240VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.263 – Flush mounting with mount frame 31 G216 and loose
31 LV1E 400 380-415VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.263 31 L48 P8 socket; see page 19-7
Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5.
31 LV1E...
19
Plug-in Order code Auxiliary Type of Qty Wt Operational characteristics
dual-voltage relay supply output per – Used with 3 sensing electrodes, MIN, MAX and COM
voltage contact pkg – 7-8kOhm fixed sensitivity
[V] 50/60Hz n° [kg] – Red LED indicator for output relay state
– Maximum relay-electrode cable length: 500m/547yd
Automatic reset. using single-core double insulated cables
31 LV2E 48 24-48VAC 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.266 – 11-pin plug-in housing
31 LV2E 220 110-120VAC/ 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.266 – Mounting on 35mm (IEC/EN 60715) DIN rail using
220-240VAC 31 S11 socket; see page 19-7
– Flush mounting using mount frame 31 G216 and
31 LV2E 400 220-240/ 1 C/O (SPDT) 1 0.266 loose 31 L48 P11 socket; see page 19-7
380-415VAC – IEC degree of protection: IP30.
Reference standards
31 LV2E... Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60255-5.


19-4 page 19-7 page 19-8 pages 19-9 and 11 page 19-13
Level electrodes and electrode holders for conductive liquids.
Rod probes
Electrodes and Order code Rod Rod Qty Wt General characteristics

electrode holder probe probe per SN1 SINGLE POLE ELECTRODE
included length pkg A single pole electrode used for level control in wells or
[mm/in] n° [kg] storage tanks. It comprises an AISI 303 stainless steel
probe, a plastic (PPOX) holder and a cable gland.
Single pole electrodes. A seal ring and the tightening of the cable gland PG7 prevent
11 SN1 Yes 100/3.9 10 0.050 water from entering the cable terminal connector and
causing its oxidation.
Cable connection: screw.
31 SCM 04 Yes 43/1.7 1 0.060 The external cable diameter must be 2.5 to 6mm/Ø0.1 to
31 SCM 50 Yes 500/19.7 1 0.115 0.24” to warrant perfect sealing.
31 SCM 100 Yes 1000/39.4 1 0.162 Maximum connection cable section: 2.5mm2/14 AWG.
11 SN1 Application: Tanks and deep wells.
31 CGL125 3 Yes 327/12.9 1 0.126
31 CGL125 5 Yes 500/19.7 1 0.158 SCM ELECTRODE
A single pole electrode used for level control on boilers,
31 CGL125 7 Yes 700/27.6 1 0.208 autoclaves and in general where pressure (10 bar
31 CGL125 10 Yes 1000/39.4 1 0.281 maximum) and high temperature (+100°C maximum) are
Three pole electrode. present.
It comprises an AISI 303 stainless steel probe embedded in
31 PS31 Yes 300/11.8 1 0.120 an alumina oxide body and a 3/8” GAS threaded metal
Electrode holder (for 3 rod probes). support holder.
31 PS3S No –– 1 0.184 Cable connection: Threaded rod with nut.
Application: Tanks, pressurised tanks and boilers.
31 SCM... Total electrode length.
CGL 125… ELECTRODE
A single pole electrode with AISI 302 probe, used for level
control on boilers and autoclaves and in general wherever
pressure is up to 10 bar maximum.
3/8” GAS threaded terminal.
Cable connection threaded rod with nut.
Application: Tanks, pressurised tanks and boilers.
PS31 ELECTRODE
A small electrode holder, complete with three AISI 304
31 CGL125... stainless steel probes.
Particularly suited to small containers whenever pressure is
maximum up to 2 bar.
1/2" GAS threaded coupling
Faston termination; relative lugs standard supplied
Application: Tanks and automatic dispensers.
PS3S ELECTRODE HOLDER

A thermoset resin electrode holder to be used with three
probes (rods probes to be ordered separately) and complete
31 PS31 with terminal cover.
Maximum operating temperature is +100°C.
2” GAS threaded coupling.
Cable connection: screw.
Application: tanks.
Reference standards
31 PS3S
19
Rod probes Order code Rod probe length Qty Wt General characteristics
per Stainless steel AISI 304 probes with 4M or 6M threaded
pkg extremity suitable as extensions for SCM electrode or as rod
probe for PS3S a holder.
[mm/in] n° [kg] See page 19-7 for SCM electrode extension coupler unit.
For SCM electrodes.
31 ASTA 46O MM4 460/18.11 1 0.053
31 ASTA 96O MM4 960/37.8 1 0.103
For PS3S electrode holder.
31 ASTA 46O MM6 460/18.11 1 0.100
31 ASTA 96O MM6 960/37.8 1 0.210
Accessories Dimensions
page 19-7 page 19-8 19-5
Start-up priority change relays
Modular version Order code Auxiliary Type of Qty Wt General characteristics

supply output per The relays are designed to balance the operating time, and
voltage contacts pkg hence the wear of pumps, compressors, generators, when
[V] n° [kg] two units – primary and stand-by – are installed.
2 outputs. AC/DC supply voltage. Operational characteristics
LVMP05 24/48VDC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.090 – Operating limit: 0.85-1.1 Ue
24-240VAC – Connection: permanent
– Red LED indicators for output relay state
IP20 on terminals.
LVMP05 Certifications obtained: EAC, UL Listed, for USA and
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices -
Automatic starting control.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Order code Auxiliary Type of Qty Wt General characteristics

[V] 50/60Hz n° [kg] two units – primary and stand-by – are installed.
2 outputs. AC supply voltage. Operational characteristics
LVMP10 A024 24VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.250 – Operating limit: 0.85-1.1 Ue
LVMP10 A127 110-127VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.250 – Connection: permanent
LVMP10 A240 220-240VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.250 – Red LED indicators for output relay state
LVMP10 A415 380-415VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.250 – Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3 module
IP20 on terminals.
LVMP10...
Canada (cULus-File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices -
Automatic starting control.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Plug-in version Order code Auxiliary Type of Qty Wt General characteristics

[V] 50/60Hz n° [kg] two units – primary and stand-by – are installed.
2 outputs. AC supply voltage. Operational characteristics
31 CSP2E 24 24VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.150 – Operating limit: 0.85-1.1 Us
31 CSP2E 110 110VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.150 – Connection: permanent
– Voltage applied across input contacts: 15VDC not isolated
31 CSP2E 220 220VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.150 with respect to supply.
31 CSP2E 230 230/240VAC 2 N/O (SPST) 1 0.150 – Current consumption, input contacts: about 1mA.
19 – Plug-in housing for use with 31 S11 socket; suitable
for screw fixing or fixing on 35mm DIN rail.
31 CSP2E...
Reference standards

Accessories
Accessories Order code Description Qty Wt Operational characteristics

per SOCKETS
pkg – Tightening torque: 0.8Nm/7.1lbin
n° [kg] – Conductor cross-section max (2 wires): 2.5 mm2/
14 AWG.
31 RE213 Coupler unit for 1 0.008
extension rod probe
ASTA...MM4
31 S8 8-pin socket for screw 10 0.061
fixing or mounting on
31 S8 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715), used
with LV1E... relay.
Screw terminals.
31 S11 11-pin socket for screw 10 0.064
fixing or mounting
on 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715), used
with LV2E... and
CSP2E... relays.
Screw terminals.
31 S11
31 RE014 Relay-socket retention 10 0.001
bracket; S8 or S11
types only.
31 L48 P8 8-pin loose socket. 10 0.040
Screw terminals.
31 L48 P11 11-pin loose socket. 10 0.048
Screw terminals.
31 G216 Flush-mount frame 1 0.080
complete with fixing
accessories for
plug-in relays.
19
Dimensions
page 19-8 19-7
LEVEL CONTROL AND PRIORITY CHANGE RELAYS

LVM25... - LVMP05 LVM20... LVM30... - LVM40... - LVMP10 LV1E... - LV2E... - CSP2E...
58 58 58
17.5 5 5 5
(2.28”) (2.28”) (2.28”)
(0.69”) (0.20”) 35.8 (0.20”) 53.5 ( (0.20”)
43.7 (1.41”) 43.7 (2.11”) 43.7
(1.72”) (1.72”) 38 27 70
(1.72”) (1.40”) (2.75”)
(1.07”)
(2.99”)
(3.54”)
(3.87”)
(4.12”)
(4.12”)
(3.54”)
(3.87”)
(1.77)
(3.87”)
104.7
(1.77)
(4.12”)
(3.54”)
104.7
(3.87”)
98.3
76
(1.77)
104.7
98.3
98.3
90
98.3
45
90
45
90
45
14 (0.55”)
59.9 97
59.9 (2.36”) Ø4.2 Ø4.2 59.9 (2.36”) (3.82”)
Ø4.2 (0.16”) (2.36”)
(LVM25... only) (0.16”) (LVM30... and LVM40... only)
(0.16”)
Electrodes and electrode holders for conductive liquids

SN1 SCM... CGL125... PS31 PS3S
19.5 M3.5
8 (0.77”)
(0.31”) 78 28
7 (0.27”) 40 20 (3.07”) (1.10”)
(2.09”)
(1.57”) (0.79”)
(1.85”)
(1.89”)
53
47
48
18 (0.71”)
21 (0.83”)
22 (0.87”) 25 (0.98”)
2" GAS
(0.90”)
(3.94”)
3/8" GAS 1/2" GAS

100
3/8" GAS
23
(1.38”)
35
L
TYPE L TYPE L
(11.81”)
SCM04 43 (1.69”) CGL125 3 327 (12.87”)
300
L
M4 SCM50 500 (19.68”) CGL125 5 500 (19.68”)

7 (0.27”)
SCM100 1000 (39.37”) CGL125 7 700 (27.56”)
CGL125 10 1000 (39.37”)
4 (0.16”)
6 (0.24”)
Rod probes Coupler unit

ASTA 460 MM4 ASTA 460 MM6 RE213
ASTA 960 MM4 ASTA 960 MM6
M4 M6 7 (0.27”)
M4
460 (18.11”) 960 (37.79”)
460 (18.11”) 960 (37.79”)
Ø4 Ø6
(0.79”)
(0.16”) (0.24”)
20
M4
7 (0.27”)
M4 M6
Accessories
S8 - S11 L48 P8 L48 P11 RE014
38 27 43.5 20.5 47 20.5 16
(1.50”) (1.06”) (1.71”) (0.81”) (1.85”) (0.81”) (0.63”)
(1.85”)
(1.30”)
(1.30”)
(1.71”)
43.5
47
33
33
(2.56”)
65
(3.07”)
78
(2.36”)
60
19
40.5
(1.59”)
G216 Cutout
48 21 72 39
(1.89”) (0.83”) (2.83”) (1.53”)
(3.38”)
(3.78”)
(2.99”)
86
96
76
Ø4
(0.16”)
19-8
Wiring diagrams
Emptying function
LVM20 Emptying function with 3 electrodes Emptying function with 2 electrodes
COM
MAX
COM
MAX
MIN
MIN
LVM20
A1 A2 COM MAX MIN 12 14 11
24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
LVM20 LVM20
A2 A2
0VAC -MAX ON ON A1
A1
-MIN
-COM
RELAY RELAY
14 14
11 11
12 12
Emptying or filling functions

LVM25 Emptying function (DOWN)
Connection with 3 electrodes Connection with 2 electrodes
LVM25
PROBE SIGNAL OR PROBE SIGNAL OR STARTING DELAY ❶
STARTING DELAY ❶ PROBE SIGNAL
COM
MAX
DELAY ❶
MIN
PROBE SIGNAL
COM
MAX
MIN
DELAY ❶
A1 A2 COM MAX MIN 12 14 11
24-240VAC/DC
0VAC -MAX
-MIN SUPPLY SUPPLY
-COM ON ON
RELAY RELAY
LVM30 24 24
❷ 21 21
22 22
LVM30
RELAY RELAY
14 14
11 11
12 12
Delay for LVM30 only.

Changeover contact (SPDT) for LVM30 only.
A1 A3 A2 COM MAX MIN 12 14 11 22 24 21
220-240VAC
380-415VAC Filling function (UP)
24VAC Connection with 3 electrodes Connection with 2 electrodes
110-127VAC
0VAC -MAX PROBE SIGNAL OR

STARTING DELAY ❶ PROBE SIGNAL OR STARTING DELAY ❶
-MIN PROBE SIGNAL DELAY ❶
-COM
PROBE SIGNAL OR PROBE SIGNAL
STARTING DELAY ❶
COM
MAX
DELAY ❶
COM
MAX
MIN
19
SUPPLY SUPPLY
ON ON
RELAY RELAY
24 24
❷ 21 21
22 22
RELAY RELAY
14 14
11 11
12 12
Delay for LVM30 only.

Changeover contact (SPDT) for LVM30 only.
19-9
Wiring diagrams
Multiple functions Emptying function + alarms

LVM40
MAX 1
MAX 2
MIN 2
MIN 1
COM
➋ ➊ ➊ ➋ ➊ ➋ ➋
LVM40
A2
A1 A2 COM MIN2 MIN1 MAX1 MAX2 13 14 22 24 21 ON A1
24VAC 14
110-127VAC 13
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
-MAX2 24
0VAC -MAX1 21
-MIN1 22
-MIN2
-COM
Filling function + alarms
MAX 1
MAX 2
MIN 2
MIN 1
COM
➊ ➋ ➊ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋
A2
ON A1
14
13
24
21
22
Filling function + pump start change

MAX 1
MAX 2
MIN 1
MIN 2
COM
➊ ➋ ➊ ➋ ➊ ➊ ➋ ➊ ➊
A2
ON A1
14
13
5 sec
24
21
22
Filling function + pump start change

MAX 2
MAX 1
MIN 2
MIN 1
COM
➊ ➋ ➊ ➋ ➊ ➊ ➋ ➊
A2
ON A1
19 14
13
5 sec
24
21
22
Filling tank and draining well function + alarm

MAX 1
MIN 1
COM
➊ ➋ ➊ ➋ ➊
Tank
MAX 2
MIN 2
COM
Well
A2
ON A1
14
Probe signal and starting delay 13
Probe signal delay 24

21
22
19-10
Wiring diagrams
Emptying function
LV1E Emptying function with 3 electrodes Emptying function with 2 electrodes
LV1E
COM
MAX
COM
MAX
MIN
6 5 1 8 7 2 3 4
24VAC
110-120VAC LV1E LV1E
220-240VAC -MAX 5
5
380-415VAC -MIN 6
6
0VAC -COM
RELAY RELAY
LV2E
LV2E 3 3
4 4
2 2
LV2E LV2E
9-10 9-10
11 11
9 10 11 7 5 6 4 3 1
RELAY RELAY
48VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC 3 3
1 1
24VAC 4 4
110-120VAC -MAX
220-240VAC -MIN
0VAC -COM
Start-up priority change monitoring

LVMP05
A1 13 A1
Relay Relay A2
1 2
ON
A2 14 24
14
13
24
13
LVMP10
2-wire connection
A1 14 24 A2
ON
A1
Relay 1 Relay 2
C1 C
S1
A2 C S1 S2 C R1 R2 13 23
C2 C
C1 C2
S2
13
RELAY 1 14
C1 = Primary 23
C2 = Secondary / Standby RELAY 2 24
DELAY
3-wire connection
A1 14 24
ON
A2
A1 19
Relay 1 Relay 2
C1 C
S1
A2 C S1 S2 C R1 R2 13 23
C3 C
C1 C2 C3 C4 R1
C2 C
S2
C4 C
R2
C1 = Start Primary 13
C2 = Start Standby RELAY 1 14
C3 = Stop Primary
23
C4 = Stop Standby RELAY 2
24
DELAY
CSP2E
F1 24VAC 110VAC
220VAC 230-240VAC
2 1 11
CSP2E
Relay 1 Relay 2
10 4 6 8 5 7 3 9
C1 C2
FR1 FR2
C1 = PRIMARY
C2 = SECONDARY/STANDBY K1 K2
MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2
19-11
TYPE LVM20... LVM25... LVM30... LVM40...

DESCRIPTION
Modular
Automatic resetting
Single voltage Multi voltage Dual voltage Single voltage
Application (examples) Empting function Emptying or filling Emptying or filling Multiple functions
functions functions
Operating principle Electrical conductivity of liquids

AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Supply voltage Us 24VAC 24-240VAC/DC 24/220-240VAC 24VAC
110-127VAC 110-127/380-415VAC 110-127VAC
220-240VAC 220-240VAC
380-415VAC 380-415VAC
Operating voltage range 0.85-1.1 Ue 50/60Hz ±5%

Power consumption (maximum) 3.5VA 3VA 5.5VA 4.5VA
Power dissipation (maximum) 1.8W 1.2W 2.8W 2.8W
OUTPUTS
Number of connectable electrodes 3 3 3 5
Type of electrode Electrodes and electrode holders: SN1 / SCM / CGL / PS31 / PS3S or similar
Electrode voltage 7.5VAC 5VPP 7.5VAC 5VPP
Sensitivity 2.5-50kohm 2.5-100kohm 2.5-50kohm 2.5-200kohm
TIME DELAYS
Tripping time (minimum) ≤600ms ≤ 1s 1s 1s
Resetting time (minimum) ≤750ms ≤ 1s 1s 1s
Probe tripping delay –– –– OFF-10s 1-10s
Relay energising delay –– –– OFF-300s 0-30min
RELAY OUTPUTS
Number of relays 1 1 1 2
Relay state Normally de-energised, energises at tripping
Contact arrangement 1 changeover / SPDT 1 changeover / SPDT 2 changeover / SPDT each 1 changeover / SPDT and
1 with 1 N/O - SPST
Rated utilisation voltage 250VAC
IEC conventional free air thermal 8A
current Ith
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 B300
designation
Electrical life (with rated load) 105 cycles
Indications 1 green LED for power on 1 green LED for power on 1 green LED for power on 1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state 1 red LED for relay state 1 red LED for relay state 2 red LEDs for relay state
2 red LEDs for probe state
19 CONNECTIONS
Tightening torque maximum 0.8Nm (7lbin; 7-9lbin er UL/CSA)
Conductor section min-max 0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG; 18-12 AWG per UL/CSA)
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation 415VAC 240VAC 415VAC 415VAC
voltage Ui
IEC rated impulse wihstand 6kV 4kV 6kV 6kV
voltage Uimp
IEC power frequency withstand 4kV 2kV 4kV 4kV
voltage
Double insulation ≤250VAC ≤250VAC ≤250VAC ≤250VAC
Supply/relay/electrode
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature –20...+60°C
Storage temperature –30...+80°C
HOUSING
Material Self-extinguishing polyamide
Typical configuration LVM20 + n° 3 SN1 electrodes LVM25 + n° 3 SN1 electrodes
(examples) LVM30 + n° 3 SN1 electrodes LVM40 + n° 5 SN1 electrodes
Maximum cable length
Double insulaton between supply, electrodes and output relay circuit.
Voltage applied to input contacts, not insulated at power supply.
Consult Customer Service; see contact details on inside front cover.
19-12
LV1E... LV2E... LVMP 05 LVMP 10 CSP2E
Plug-in Modular Plug-in

Automatic resetting Automatic resetting –– –– ––
Single voltage Dual voltage Multivoltage Multivoltage Single voltage
– Minimum-maximum level threshold Priority change relay for motors
– Maintains level between minimum and maximum
– Protection against dry pump running
Electrical conductivity of liquids ––
24VAC 24-48VAC 24-48VDC 24VAC 24VAC

110-120VAC 110-120VAC/220-240VAC 24-240VAC 110-127VAC 48VAC
220-240VAC 220-240VAC/380-415VAC 220-240VAC 110VAC
380-415VAC 380-415VAC 220VAC
0.8-1.1 Ue 50/60Hz
5.5VA 1.6VA 4.8VA 5VA
2.8W 0.9W 3W 3W
3 –– –– ––
Electrodes and electrode holders: SN1 / SCM / CGL / PS31 / PS3S / or similar –– –– ––
9VAC (voltage between probes) –– –– ––
7 - 8kohm adjustable –– –– ––
≤50ms –– –– ––
≤100ms –– –– ––
–– –– –– ––
–– –– –– ––
1 2 2 2
Normally de-energised, energises at tripping
1 changeover contact / SPDT 1 N/O - SPST 1 N/O - SPST 1 N/O - SPST
220VAC 250VAC 250VAC 250VAC

380VAC –– –– ––
5A 8A 8A 5A
B300 B300 B300 B300
2,5x105 cycles 105 cycles 105 cycles 105 cycles

6 6 6
50x10 cycles 30x10 cycles 30x10 cycles 30x106 cycles
1 red LED for relay tripping 1 green LED for power on 1 green LED for power on 1 green LED for power on
1 red LED for relay state 1 red LED for relay state 1 red LED for relay state
19
–– 0.8Nm (7lbin; 7-9lbin er UL/CSA) ––
–– 0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12AWG; 18-12 AWG per UL/CSA) ––
415VAC 250VAC 415VAC 250VAC
5kV 4kV 4kV 4kV
2kV 2kV 2.5kV 2.5kV
––
–20...+60°C
-30...+80°C
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate Self-extinguishing polyamide Self-extinguishing polyamide Self-extinguishing polycarbonate

LV1E + n° 3 SN1 electrode –– –– ––
LV2E + n° 2 SN1 electrodes + reset button
500m/547yd single-core, double insulated cables –– –– ––
19-13
Page 23-10 Page 23-15
ENERGY METERS DATA CONCENTRATORS

• Single phase, three phase with neutral, • Energy consumption data storage for network
three phase with or without neutral usage
• Direct connection or by current • Connection up to 14 energy meters equipped
transformers with static output
• MID certified versions • Photovoltaic monitoring type
• Expandable versions. • Expandable versions.
Page 23-16 Pages 23-16 and 17
DIGITAL LCD MULTIMETERS AND PORTABLE POWER ANALYZERS

POWER ANALYZERS • IP65 casing
• Graphic or icon LCD • With built-in USB interface
• Version with touch screen • GPRS/GSM communications
• Modular and panel mount types • Available kits of current clamps and cables.
• Remote display
• Expandable versions.
Page 23-18 to 24 Page 23-32
LED MEASURING INSTRUMENTS CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

• Voltmeters, ammeters, frequency meters, • Primary current: 50-4,000A
cosphi meters and wattmeters. • Secondary current: 5A
• Solid and split-core types.
DIGITAL LED MULTIMETERS
• Basic version, with energy meters,
with 2 programmable outputs, for use
with generating sets and with data-logger.
METERING INSTRUMENTS AND
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS 23
Digital voltmeters, ammeters,
wattmeters, frequency meters and
cosphi meters
Digital multimeters and power
analyzers, expandable, with
graphic LCD
Connection to single, two, three
phase systems
Ideal for distribution systems,
co-generation energy systems,
stand-by generating sets and
on-board machinery installation
High measurement accuracy
Totally programmable digital
outputs
RS485, RS232, USB, Ethernet,
Profibus DP serial interface for
remote control and data-logger.
SEC. - PAGE
Energy meters
Single phase .................................................................................................................................................................... 23 - 10
Single phase, MID certified .............................................................................................................................................. 23 - 11
Three phase with or without neutral ................................................................................................................................ 23 - 12
Three phase with neutral, MID certified ........................................................................................................................... 23 - 13
Three phase with or without neutral, UTF certified .......................................................................................................... 23 - 14
Data concentrator
General use ...................................................................................................................................................................... 23 - 15
For photovoltaic control and supervision ........................................................................................................................ 23 - 15
Digital metering instruments
Modular LCD multimeters ................................................................................................................................................ 23 - 16
Flush mount LCD multimeters ......................................................................................................................................... 23 - 18
Flush mount touch-screen LCD power analyzers ............................................................................................................ 23 - 19
Flush mount LED measuring instruments ....................................................................................................................... 23 - 20
Flush mount LED multimeters ......................................................................................................................................... 23 - 22
Modular LED measuring instruments .............................................................................................................................. 23 - 26
Modular LED multimeters ................................................................................................................................................ 23 - 28
Communication devices, protection covers, accessories .......................................................... 23 - 30
RS232/RS485 converter drive, cables, software, kits of current clamps ........................................ 23 - 31
Current transformers ...................................................................................................... 23 - 32
Dimensions.................................................................................................................. 23 - 34
Wiring diagrams............................................................................................................ 23 - 36
E NERGY M ANAGEMENT
Metering instruments and current transformers
Installation supervision
DMG 900
+ EXP 1031
Energy Quality
MV/LV per EN 50160
transformer
room
DMG 800
+ EXP 1004
Temperature
control
Primary DMG 800

DME D310 (MID)
DMG 800
distribution
DMG 700 DMG 700 (MCC)
M M M M
DMG 800 + EXP…

DMG 300 Process and ambient
210 control
Secondary 200
distribution
23
DME D310 T2 DME D300 T2 DME D100 T1 DME D110 T1 DME D120 T1
DME CD
23-2
Networks
with
software
Web browsing
of each instrument
Tablet,
connected in Ethernet
Wi-Fi Smartphone
SWITCH
Ethernet Internet VPN
EXP 1013
Ethernet
SMS,
e-mail
8+4 max with
EXM 10 …
EXP 1012 Server
Energy meters FTP
DME ... T1
DMG 300 DMG 800-900 DMG 800-900 DME CD with pulse outputs
+ + Data
EXM 1013 EXP 1013 concentrator Antenna GSM
+ CX03
EXM 1013
DMG 210
EXP 10 15
DMG 900
DMK… 8+6 max with
RS485 EXM 10 …
ETH-RS485
ETH-RS485
RS485
23
DMG 210
DMG 700
RS485
DMK…
DME CD
Data
concentrator
23-3
Grid quality verification
Energy consumption control
Quality analysis
per EN 50160
High versatility
Easy and intuitive consulting and
configuration.
DMG series multimeters

and DME series Alarms
energy meters
Boolean logic
Data acquisition of Micro PLCs

environmental conditions
23
Diagnostics and control
Protection relays
23-4
Photovoltaic DC
installation AC
management
Option for distinct values
of import and export energy DMED energy meter:

ENERGY PRODUCED
ELECTRIC LINE
DMED energy meter:

ENERGY CONSUMED
ELECTRIC PULSES
AC/DC INVERTER STATUS/ALARM
Option for 2 load Option for Ethernet

disconnection by connection by
DME CD PV1 EXM10 01 EXM10 03
data concentrator views:
– Energy
• Produced
• Consumed
• Exchanged
– Self-consuming index
– AC/DC inverter alarms,
any others. Enabling / Commands Wi-Fi®
ETHERNET
CONTROLLABLE LOADS Router
Contactors
APP: PV VIEW
23
PRIVILEGED
LOADS
Supervision option
remoted by
software (see Section 27)
If the distinct values of import and export energy need to be known, a third energy meter should be installed on the in-coming line; the exchanged energy is the difference between import and export energy with the power supplier.
The energy meters can be single or three phase based on the type of installation.
23-5
remote control and

supervision software
Main plant synoptic view Detailed pages of each user with status monitoring and
command sending
View trend lines Harmonic analysis in bar graph and table format
Alarm and event list with upload to

text or Excel file
23
Data log consulting with periodical manual

or automatic uploading
See Section 27 for details. Device parameterising
23-6
remote control
and supervision
software
Multiclient-server structure and
web-based application
with multi-language support
(including those of East Europe and Far East)
WI-FI
Only one software for many
LOVATO Electric devices ®
®
ON
DATA
Ethernet network
MENU
USB interface
Field
equipment
Multiclient structure
with three access levels
Visualizzazione trend grafici.
Simultaneous management of several channels
23
Interfaced equipment supervision See Section 27 for details.
23-7
Flush mount version
ENERGY METERS - MULTIMEASUREMENT ENERGY METERS - MULTIMEASUREMENT
Functions / Measurements DME M100 DME M100 T1 DME D100 T1 DME D110 T1 DME D115 T1 DME D120 T1 DME D121 DME D130
INSTALLATION
Connection Single phase
Direct 32A 32A 40A 40A 40A 63A 63A 63A
Through CT
MV usage
Built-in digital outputs 1 1 1 1 1
Pulse Pulse Programmable Programmable Programmable
Built-in digital inputs
Built-in communication port RS485
Expandible
MID certified version
Version with UTF certificates
Current/Votlage accuracy ±0.5%
Active energy accuracy Class 1 /
(IEC/EN 62053-21/EN 50470-3) Class B
Degree of protection IP40
MEASUREMENTS
Active energy Total
Partial
Reactive energy Total
Partial
Separate energy count
Import - Export
Voltage
Current
Power Active power

Active power max demand max demand
Power factor only
Frequency
Cos
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion)
Detailed hamonic analysis (orders)
Page 23-10/11 23-10/11 23-10 23-10/11 23-10/11
EXPANSION MODULES
Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs/outputs
Communication ports USB
RS232
RS485
Ethernet
Ethernet Gateway function
GPRS-GSM modem
Type of memory
23
23-8
Modular version
ENERGY METERS - MULTIMEASUREMENT MULTIMETERS - POWER ANALYZERS
DME D300 T2 DME D310 T2 DME D320 DMG 200 DMG 210 DMG 300 DMG 600 DMG 610 DMG 700 DMG 800 DMG 900 DMG 900T
Three phase Single / Three phase

63A
5A 5A 5A 5A 5-1A 5-1A 5-1A 5A 5-1A 5-1A 5-1A

2 2
Programmable Programmable
1 1
Programmable Programmable
RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 or
RS232

±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.2% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.2% ±0.2% ±0.2%
Class 1 / Class 1 / Class 1 Class 1 Class 2 Class 0.5S Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 0.5S Class 0.5S Class 0.5S
Class B Class B
IP40 IP40 IP54 IP65

2 to 31° 2 to 31° 2 to 63° 2 to 63°
23-12 to 14 23-12 23-16 23-17 23-18 23-18 23-19

USB USB USB USB USB USB USB
RS232 RS232 RS232 RS232 RS232 RS232 RS232
RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485
Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet
Profibus Profibus
(SMS, email, Client FTP),
GPRS data connection

Data-logger Data-logger Data-logger Data-logger
+
Energy Quality
EN 50160
23
23-9
Energy meters
Single phase, Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

non expandable per The energy meters are instruments for energy consumption
pkg measurement in single-phase installations with direct
n° [kg] connection.
Mechanical meter with mechanical display. Operational characteristics
DME M100 32A direct connection, 1U 1 0.084 DME M... (mechanical display)
– Rated supply voltage: 230VAC -20...+15%
DME M100 T1 32A direct connection, 1U 1 0.088 – Direct connection
1 pulse output – 32A maximum current
Digital meter, with LCD screen. – Active energy measurements
DME D100 T1 40A direct connection, 1U 1 0.086 – Active energy accuracy: Class 1 (IEC/EN 62053-21)
1 pulse output, 220-240VAC – Mechanical meter with 6+1 digit count
– Flashing LED for consumption indication
DME D100 T1 A120 40A direct connection, 1U 1 0.086 – Static pulse output for DME M100 T1 only
DME M100 1 pulse output, 110-120VAC – Modular DIN 43880 housing, 1 module
DME D110 T1 40A direct connection, 1U 1 0.090 – Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
1 programmable static output, – IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 at
multi-measurements , terminals.
220-240VAC
DME D110T1–DME D110 T1–DME D115 T1–
DME D110 T1 A120 40A direct connection, 1U 1 0.090 DME D120 T1–DME D121–DME D130
1 programmable static output, – Nominal supply voltage:
multi-measurements , • 220-240VAC for DME D…T1 - DME D1120/130
110-120VAC • 110-120VAC for DME D…T1 A120
Digital meter with backlight LCD screen. – Voltage range:
DME D115 T1 40A direct connection, 2U, 1 0.090 • 187-265VAC 50/60Hz for DME D…T1-DME D120/130
1 programmable static output, • 93-132VAC 60 Hz for DME D…T1 A120
DME D110 T1... multi-measurements , – Direct connection
220-240VAC – Maximum current: 40A for DME D100/110 T1…,
DME D115 T1; 63A for DME D120 T1… and
DME D120 T1 63A direct connection, 2U 1 0.148 DME D121/130
1 programmable static output, – Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class 1
multi-measurements , (IEC/EN 62053-21)
220-240VAC – Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
DME D120 T1 A120 63A direct connection, 2U 1 0.148 (IEC/EN 62053-23) except for DME D115 T1
1 programmable static output, – LCD meter : With 5+1 digit count for
multi-measurements , DME D100/110 T1…; backlight with 6+1 digit
110-120VAC count for DME D115/120 T1… and DME D121/130
DME D121 63A direct connection, 2U, 1 0.148 – Metrological LED with pulse emission for
RS485 interface consumption indication
multi-measurements , – Clearable partial energy measurement except for
DME D115 DME D100/110 T1…
DME D120 T1... - DME D121 220-240VAC
– One output: Pulse for DME D100 T1; programmable
static for all other types
Single phase, Order code Description Qty Wt – Built-in RS485 port for DME D121 and optional for
expandable per DME D130; both compatible with
pkg – Modular housing, 1 module for DME D100/110 T1…;
n° [kg] 2 module for all other types
– Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
Digital meter with backlight LCD screen. – IEC/UL/CSA protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at
DME D130 63A direct connection, 2U, 1 0.148 terminals.
multi-measurements,
expandable, 220-240VAC supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
Order code Description EXM series expansion modules
DME D130 EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs. Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
DME D130 EXM10 00 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, Canada (File E346886), as Electrical Process Control
opto-isolated Equipment - Energy meters, for DME D... types.
EXM10 01 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61326-1 for DME M...
2 relay outputs 5A 250VAC type; EN 50470-3, IEC/EN 61010-1, UL 61010-1,
CSA C22.2 n°61010-1 for DME D... types.
EXM10 02 4 opto-isolated digital inputs and
2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC Multi-measurements:
Communication ports. - Total and partial active energy
EXM10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface - Total and partial reactive energy
23 EXM10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface
- Voltage
- Current
EXM10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface - Active and reactive power
EXM10 13 Opto-isolated Ethernet interface - Power factor
- Frequency
EXM10 20 Opto-isolated RS485 and 2 relay outputs - Total and partial hour counter
rated 5A 250VAC - Average active power (calculation on every last
EXM 10 10
15 minutes)
Maximum combination - Maximum demand.
Multi-measurements:
- Total and partial active energy
- Active power
- Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
MAX - Maximum demand.
1
Software and accessories Expansion modules Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics
23-10 page 23-30 and 31 page 28-3 page 23-34 page 23-36 pages 23-40 amd 41
Energy meters
MID
Single phase, non Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

expandable, MID certified per The DME series energy meters, MID certified, are needed
pkg for billing purposes between electricity supplliers and
consumers and for energy consumption measurement in
MID Digital meter with LCD display.
n° [kg]
directly connected single-phase installations.
MID is the Measuring Instruments Directive of the
DME D100 T1 MID 40A direct connection, 1U 1 0.086 European Union; instruments must be certified must be
1 pulse output, certified accordingly whenever used for monetary
230VAC transactions in this territory.
DME D110 T1 MID 40A direct connection, 1U 1 0.090
1 programmable static output, Operational characteristics
multi-measerements , Nominal supply voltage: 230VAC
230VAC – Voltage range: 187-264VAC 50Hz
– Direct connection
DME D120 T1 MID 63A direct connection, 2U 1 0.148 – Maximum current: 40A for DME D100/110 T1 MID;
1 programmable static output, 63A for DME D120 T1 MID
multi-measerements , – Measurement of 14 electrical parameters for
230VAC DME D110/120 T1 MID
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class B
DME D110 T1 MID (EN 50470-3)
– Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
– LCD meter:
• With 5+1 digit count for DME D100/110 T1 MID
• Backlight with 6+1 digit count for DME D120 T1 MID
– Metrological LED with pulse emission for
consumption indication
– Clearable partial energy measurements in
DME D120 T1 MID
– One output: pulse for DME D100 T1 MID;
programmable static for other types
– Modular housing, 1 module for DME D100/110 T1 MID;
2 module for DME D120 T1 MID
DME D120 T1 MID – EN protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at terminals.

Certifications obtained: MID Class B, certifications per
module B (type tests) and per module D (production
conformity).
Compliant with standards: EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3.
Multi-measurements:
- Total and partial reactive energy
- Voltage
- Current
- Active and reactive power
- Power factor
- Frequency
- Total and partial hour counter
- Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
- Maximum demand.
23

page 23-34 page 23-36 pages 23-40 23-11
Energy meters
Three phase with or without Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics
neutral, non expandable per The energy meters are digital meters/analyzers of electric
pkg energy for systems with direct three-phase connection
n° [kg] or by CT.
Expandable with up to 3 EXM series interfaced by infrared
Digital meter for three phase with neutral. beam.
DME D300 T2 63A direct connection, 1 0.360
4U, 2 programmable Operational characteristics
static outputs, – Nominal supply voltage:
multi-measurements • 220-240VAC (L-N); 380-415VAC (L-L) for
Digital meter for three phase with or without neutral. DME D300/310 T2
• 100-240VAC / 110-250VDC for DME D320
DME D320 Connection by CT /5A 1 0.332 – Voltage range:
secondary, 4U, • 187-264VAC (L-N); 323-456VAC (L-L) 50/60Hz for
RS485 interface, DME D300/310 T2
DME D300 T2 multi-measurements • 85-264VAC 50/60Hz; 93.5-300VDC for DME D320
– Direct connection 63A for DME D300 T2
– Connection by CT /5A for DME D320 T2 and
DME D320
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class 1
(IEC/EN 62053-21)
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
– Voltage measurement range: 20-830VAC L-L;
10-480VAC (L-N) for DME D320
– LCD multifunction meter
– Metrological LED with pulse emission for
– Clearable partial active energy measurements
DME D320 – 1 programmable digital input except DME D320
– 2 programmable static outputs except DME D320
– Built-in RS485 port for DME D320 and optional for
Three phase with or without Order code Description Qty Wt DME D310 T2; compatible with software
neutral, expandable per – Optic interface for EXM series expansion modules
pkg with DME D310 T2
n° [kg] – Modular housing, 4 module
Digital meter for three phase with or without neutral. – IEC/UL/CSA degree of protection: IP51 on front;
DME D310 T2 Connection by CT /5A 1 0.332 IP20 at terminals.
secondary, 2 programmable
static outputs, 4U, supervision and energy management software
multi-measurements , See Section 27.
expandable
EXM series expansion modules
Order Description Certifications and compliance

DME D310 T2 Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed for USA and
code
Canada (cULus – File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices,
DME D310 T2 EXPANSION MODULES. Multimeters for DME D320.
Inputs and outputs. Compliant with standards: EN 50740-3, IEC/EN 61010-1,
EXM10 00 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated UL508,CSA C22.2 n°14.
EXM10 01 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
rated 5A 250VAC Multi-measurements:
Communication ports. - Total and partial reactive energy
EXM10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface - Voltage
EXM10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface - Current
EXM10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface - Power factor
EXM10 13 Ethernet interface with Web server function - Frequency
EXM10 20 Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay - Total and partial hour counter
outputs rated 5A 250VAC - Average active power (calculation on every last
15 minutes)
EXM10 30 Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup - Maximum demand.
EXM 10 10 reserve energy for data logging
Maximum combination
23
MAX
3
23-12 page 23-30 and 31 page 28-3 page 23-34 page 23-36 page 23-42
Energy meters
MID
Three phase with neutral, Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics
non expandable, per The DME series energy meters, MID certified, are needed
pkg for billing purposes between electricity suppliers and
MID certified n° [kg] consumers and for energy consumption measurement in
directly or CT connected three-phase installations.
MID Digital meter for three phase with neutral.
DME D300 T2 MID 63A direct connection, 4U 1 0.360
Expandable with up to 3 EXM series interfaced by infrared
beam.
2 programmable static
outputs, non expandable, Operational characteristics
multi-measurements – Nominal supply voltage: 230VAC (L-N); 400VAC (L-L)
– Voltage range: 187-264VAC (L-N); 323-456VAC (L-L)
50Hz
– Direct connection 63A for DME D300 T2
– Connection by CT /5A for DME D320 T2
– Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class B
(EN 50470-3)
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
– LCD multifunction meter
DME D300 T2 MID – Metrological LED with pulse emission for
– Clearable partial energy measurements
Three phase with or without Order code Description Qty Wt – 1 programmable digital input
neutral, expandable, per – 2 programmable static outputs
pkg – Optic interface for EXM series expansion modules
MID certified n° [kg] with DME D310 T2 MID compatible with
software
Digital meter for three phase with or without neutral.
MID DME D310 T2 MID Connection by CT /5A 1 0.332
– Modular housing 4 module
secondary, 2 programmable – EN protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at
static outputs, 4U, terminals.
multi-measurements ,
expandable supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.

Order Description See Section 28, page 3.
code
DME D310 T2 MID EXPANSION MODULES. Certifications and compliance
Inputs and outputs. Certifications obtained: MID Class B, certifications per
DME D310 T2 MID EXM10 00 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated conformity).
EXM10 01 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs Compliant with standards: EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3.
rated 5A 250VAC
Communication ports. Multi-measurements:
EXM10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface - Total and partial reactive energy
EXM10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface - Voltage
EXM10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface - Current
EXM10 13 Ethernet interface with Web server function - Power factor
EXM10 20 Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay - Frequency
outputs rated 5A 250VAC - Total and partial hour counter
EXM10 30 Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup - Average active power (calculation on every last
reserve energy for data logging 15 minutes)
- Maximum demand.
EXM 10 10
Maximum combination
MAX
3
23
page 23-30 and 31 page 28-3 page 23-34 page 23-36 page 23-42 23-13
Energy meters
MID – With UTF certificates
Three phase with or without Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics
neutral, MID certified per The DME series energy meters, MID certified, are needed
pkg for billing purposes between electricity suppliers and
n° [kg] consumers and for energy consumption measurement in
directly or CT connected three-phase installations.
Digital meter for three phase with neutral, complete with Expandable with up to 3 EXM series expansion modules
UTF certificates for installations in Italy. interfaced by infrared beam.
DME D300 F MID certified type, 63A 1 0.360 MID is the Measuring Instruments Directive of the
direct connection, 4U, European Union; instruments must be certified
2 programmable static accordingly whenever used for monetary transactions in
outputs, non expandable, this territory.
multi-measurements, The UTF certificate is required for revenue tax
complete with UTF certificate purposes by Italian authorities when equipment is part
Starter kits with digital MID certified meter 4U, expandable of generating electricity installations (e.g. solar, wind)
for three phase with or without neutral and 3 current and there is electricity exchange with the power grid.
transformers, 0.5S class, all with UTF certificates for
installations in Italy. Operational characteristics
DME D300 F DME D300 F and DME D310 T2 MID of starter kits
DME D310 F060 Composed of one 1 2.100 – Nominal supply voltage: 230VAC (L-N); 400VAC (L-L)
DMED310T2MID and n°3 – Voltage range: 187-264VAC (L-N); 323-456VAC (L-L)
transformers DM5T0060 50Hz
DME D310 F080 Composed of one 1 2.200 – Direct connection 63A for DME D300 F
DMED310T2MID and n°3 – Connection by CT /5A, standard supplied, for
Starter kits transformers DM5T0080 DME D320 T2 MID
DME D310 F100 Composed of one 1 1.900 – Active energy measurement and accuracy: Class B
DMED310T2MID and n°3 (EN 50470-3)
transformers DM5T0100 – Reactive energy measurement and accuracy: Class 2
(IEC/EN 62053-23)
DME D310 F150 Composed of one 1 1.900 – LCD multifunction meter
DMED310T2MID and n°3 – Metrological LED with pulse emission for
transformers DM5T0150 consumption indication
DME D310 F200 Composed of one 1 1.900 – Clearable partial energy measurements
DMED310T2MID and n°3 – 1 programmable digital input
transformers DM5T0200 – 2 programmable static outputs
DME D310 F250 Composed of one 1 1.900 – Optic interface for EXM series expansion modules
DMED310T2MID and n°3 with DME D310 T2 MID compatible with
transformers DM5T0250 software
– Modular housing 4 module
DME D310 F300 Composed of one 1 1.900 – Sealable terminal blocks, standard supplied
DMED310T2MID and n°3 – EN protection degree: IP51 on front; IP20 at terminals.
transformers DM5T0300
NOTE: Other starter kits are available with 3 CTs up to 1600A. Multi-measurements
Consult Customer Service for information; see contact details on inside – Total and partial active energy
front cover. – Total and partial reactive energy
– Voltage
– Current
DME D310 F... – Active and reactive power
Order code Description – Power Factor
– Frequency
– Total and partial hour counter
DME D310 F EXPANSION MODULES. – Average active power (calculation on every last
Inputs and outputs. 15 minutes)
EXM10 00 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated – Maximum demand.
EXM10 01 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs DM5T CURRENT TRANSFORMERS of starter kits
rated 5A 250VAC – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
Communication ports. – Secondary output current: 5A
EXM10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface – Class 0.5S burden
– Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
EXM10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface – Rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
EXM10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface – Rated short time thermal current Ith: 40-60Ipn for
EXM10 13 Opto-isolated Ethernet interface 1 second
– Rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5Ith for 1 second
EXM10 20 Opto-isolated RS485 and 2 relay outputs rated – Insulation (dry type): class E
5A 250VAC – For Ø28mm/1.1” cable
– For 21.5x21.5mm/0.85x0.85”, 26x26mm/1.02x1.02”,
EXM 10 10 Maximum combination 31.5x31.5mm/1.24x1.24” busbars
– Screw fixing terminals
– Standard supplied sealable terminal covers and fixing
elements
23 – EN degree of protection: IP30.
supervision and energy management software

See Section 27.
MAX See Section 28, page 3.
3
Certifications obtained: MID Class B, certifications per
conformity) for DME D300 F and DME D310F energy
meters. UTF certificates for the DME D300F and for each
component of the starter kits are standard supplied.
Compliant with standards: EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3 for
DME D300F and DME D310 T2 MID; IEC/EN 60044-1 for
DM5T…
23-14 page 23-30 and 31 page 28-3 page 23-34 and 35 page 23-36 page 23-42
Data concentrators
Expandable Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

per DMECD is equipped with 8 inputs, which can be increased
pkg up to a maximum of 14 and allows to indirectly interface
n° [kg] devices without communication as long as they have at least
one pulse output.
Data concentrator for general use. It is capable of pulse counting that come in from the outputs
DME CD With 8 programmable 1 0.337 of meters for energy, water, gas and other types of
digital inputs, 4U, consumption: All data is viewed on its display or can also be
expandable, RS485 port, available for PCs through its built-in RS485 interface using
for data collection+pulse Synergy (STILIZZATO) software.
count from DMEM100T1 It can be expanded with up to 3 EXM series modules by
and DMED…, optic interface.
expandable With the programmable functions, average values can be
Data concentrator for photovoltaic applications. determined for instantaneous quantities, such as power,
speed, production rate, gas and water consumption, etc.
DME CD PV1 Programmed for 1 0.340
DME CD - DME CD PV1 installation control and DMECDPV1 is specific for the monitoring of solar
data collection+pulse installations and needs to be connected to at least two
count from two DMED… meters (single or three phase). The user can avail
DMED minimum, 4U, of data, such as energy produced by the generating
RS485 port, expandable installation, energy consumed by loads as well as exchanged
DME KIT CD PV1100 Starter kit composed 1 0.515 energy (difference between import and export energy) with
of one data concentrator the power supplier.
DMECDPV1 and two It is already programmed to automatically calculate the self-
energy meters consuming index, mean power values, production (total and
DMED110T1 partial values) and the operating status of the AC/DC inverter,
if it is equipped with digital outputs.
Use with DMED110T1, DMED115T1, DMED120T1, DMED300T2 and
DMED310T2. In addition, it can be customised by the user for load
supervision, using the EXM series expansion modules,
according to the defined logics and on the basis of the
energy available.
– Nominal supply voltage: 110-240VAC / 110-250VDC
– Voltage range: 85-264VAC / 93.5-300VDC
– Backlight graphic LCD
– 8 inputs, expandable with EXM… modules up to 14
– Built-in RS485 communication port
– Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP communication protocol
– Multifunction display
– Clearable total and partial counters for each channel
DME KIT CD PV1100 – Programmable general counters
– Calculation of derivative average values
– Mathematical operations among counters
Order code Description – Modular housing, 4 module
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 at terminals.
DME CD AND DME CD PV1 EXPANSION MODULES.
Inputs and outputs. supervision and energy management software
See Section 27.
EXM10 00 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated
EXM10 01 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs EXM series expansion modules
rated 5A 250VAC See Section 28, page 3.
EXM10 02 4 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay Certifications and compliance
outputs rated 5A 250VAC Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL listed for USA and
Communication ports. Canada (cULus – File E346886), as Electrical Process
EXM10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface Control Equipment – Data concentrator for DMECD; pending
for DMECDPV1 and DMEKITCDPV1100.
EXM10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface
EXM10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface
EXM 10 10
EXM10 13 Ethernet interface with Web server function
EXM10 20 Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay
outputs, rated 5A 250VAC
EXM10 30 Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
reserve energy for data logging
Maximum combination
23
MAX
3
page 23-30 and 31 page 28-3 page 23-34 page 23-36 page 23-43 23-15
Digital measuring instruments.
Starter kits
Modular LCD multimeters Order Description Qty Wt General characteristics

non expandable code per DMG 200... and DMG 210 digital multimeters are available
pkg with a modular housing, 4 module size, and are equipped
n° [kg] with a graphic backlight LCD capable of providing extremely
clear, intuitive and flexible viewing of all electrical parameters
DMG 200 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.294 of an installation. Very accurate measurements combined
auxiliary supply with their extreme compactness provide an ideal solution for
100-240VAC/110-250VDC. every type of application.
Multilanguage: Italian, The DMG 210 version is supplied with RS485 opto-isolated
English, French, Spanish built-in interface.
and Portuguese Main measurements and functions include:
DMG 200 L01 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.294 – Voltage: phase, line and system values
auxiliary supply – Current: phase values (neutral current calculated)
100-240VAC/110-250VDC. – Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total
Multilanguage: English, Czech, values
Polish, German and Russian – P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
DMG 200 - DMG 210 – Frequency of measured voltage value
DMG 210 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.300
RS485 port, auxiliary supply – HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions of all
100-240VAC/110-250VDC. measurements
Multilanguage: Italian, – Maximum demand of power and current values
English, French, Spanish – Total harmonic distortion (THD) of voltage and current
and Portuguese values
– Energy meters for active, reactive and apparent values
DMG 210 L01 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.300 – Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours.
RS485 port, auxiliary supply
100-240VAC/110-250VDC. Operational characteristics
Multilanguage: English, Czech, DMG200 - DMG210
Polish, German and Russian – Auxiliary supply voltage range: 85-264VAC / 93.5-300VDC
– Voltage measurement range:
20-830VAC phase-to-phase
Starter kits Order code Description Qty Wt 10-480VAC phase-neutral
per – Usage in medium and high-voltage systems with voltage
pkg transformers
– Rated input current: With external CT /5A
n° [kg] – Current measurement range with CT up to 10,000A
DMG KIT 200 060 Composed of one DMG200 1 1.035 – Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz
multimeter and n°3 CTs – True RMS measurements for voltage and current values
60/5A for Ø22mm/0.87” – Accuracy:
cable • Voltage: ±0.5% (50-830VAC)
DMG KIT 200 080 Composed of one DMG200 1 1.035 • Current: ±0.5% (0.1-1.1 In)
multimeter and n°3 CTs • Power: ±1% f.s.
80/5A for Ø22mm/0.87” • Frequency: 0.05%
cable • Active energy: Class 1 (IEC/EN 62053-21)
• Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
DMG KIT 200 100 Composed of one DMG200 1 1.035 – Non-volatile memory for data storage
multimeter and n°3 CTs – Communication protocol Modbus-RTU and ASCII for
100/5A for Ø22mm/0.87” DMG 210 only
cable – Programming and remote control by software for
DMG KIT 200 150 Composed of one DMG200 1 0.856 DMG 210 only; compatible with software
multimeter and n°3 CTs – Modular housing, 4 module
150/5A for Ø23mm/0.91” – IEC protection degree: IP40 on front; IP20 at terminals.
cable
DMG KIT 200 200 Composed of one DMG200 1 0.856 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (CTs) of starter kits
multimeter and n°3 CTs – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
200/5A for Ø23mm/0.91” – Secondary output current: 5A
DMG KIT 200 150 cable – Class 1 burden
DMG KIT 200 250 Composed of one DMG200 1 0.856 – Rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
multimeter and n°3 CTs – Rated short time thermal current Ith: 40-60Ipn for
250/5A for Ø23mm/0.91” 1 second
cable – Rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5Ith for 1 second
– Insulation (dry type): class E
– Faston terminals
– Standard supplied fixing elements

See Section 27.
23 Certifications and compliance

Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed for USA
and Canada (cULus - File E93601) as Auxiliary Devices -
Multimeter for DMG200/210… types.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n°14 for DMG200/210…; IEC/EN 60044-1 for
transformers of starter kits.
Software and accessories Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

23-16 pages 23-30 and 31 page 23-34 page 23-37 page 23-44
Digital measuring instruments
Modular LCD multimeters Order Description Qty Wt General characteristics

expandable code per DMG300 digital multimeters are available with a modular
pkg housing, 4 module size, and are equipped with a graphic
n° [kg] backlight LCD capable of providing extremely clear, intuitive
and flexible viewing of all electrical parameters of a system.
DMG 300 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.320 The very accurate measurements combined with their
harmonic analysis, extreme compactness provide an ideal solution for every
auxiliary supply type of application.
100-240VAC/110-250VDC. Expandable with up to 3 EXM series modules interfaced by
Multilanguage: Italian, infrared beam.
English, French, Spanish Main measurements and functions include:
and Portuguese – Voltage: phase, line and system values
DMG 300 L01 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.320 – Current: phase values (neutral current calculated)
harmonic analysis, – Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total
auxiliary supply values
100-240VAC/110-250VDC. – P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
Multilanguage: English, Czech, – Frequency of measured voltage value
DMG 300 Polish, German and Russian – HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions for all
measuements
– Maximum demand of power and current values
– Voltage and current asymmetry
Order Description – Total harmonic distortion (THD) of voltage and current
code values
DMG 300 EXPANSION MODULES. – Harmonic analysis of voltage and current up to 31° order
Inputs and outputs. – Energy meters for active, reactive, apparent partial and
total values, programmable tariff functions
EXM10 00 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated – Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours
EXM10 01 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs – Pulse counter for general use: consumption pulse
rated 5A 250VAC counting for water, gas, etc. with expansion module only.
EXM10 02 4 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
outputs rated 5A 250VAC Operational characteristics
– Auxiliary supply voltage range: 85-264VAC / 93.5-300VDC
Communication ports. – Voltage measurement range:
EXM10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface 20-830VAC phase-to-phase
EXM10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface 10-480VAC phase-neutral
– Usage in medium and high-voltage systems with voltage
EXM10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface transformers
EXM 10 10 EXM10 13 Ethernet interface with Web server function – Rated input current: With external CT, 5A or 1A
EXM10 20 Opto-isolated RS485 interface and 2 relay outputs – Current measurement range with CT up to 10,000A
rated 5A 250VAC – Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz
– True RMS measurements for voltage and current values
EXM10 30 Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup – Accuracy:
battery for data logging • Voltage: ±0.2% (50-830VAC)
• Current: ±0.2% (0.1-1.1 In)
• Power: ±0.5% f.s.
Maximum combination • Power factor: ±0.5%
• Frequency: 0.05%
• Active energy: Class 0.5S (IEC/EN 62053-22)
– Non-volatile memory for data storage
– Communication protocol Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP
(only with communication expansion modules)
– Programming and remote control by software
(only with communication expansion modules);
compatible with software
MAX – Modular housing, 4 module
3 – IEC protection degree: IP40 on front; IP20 at terminals.

See Section 27.


Multimeters.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
23
pages 23-30 and 31 page 28-3 page 23-34 page 23-37 page 23-44 23-17
Flush mount LCD Order Description Qty Wt General characteristics

multimeters, expandable code per DMG 600, DMG 610, DMG 700 and DMG 800 digital
pkg multimeters are capable of viewing the measurements
n° [kg] with high accuracy on the wide graphic LCD, which allow
to control energy distribution networks.
DMG 600 Backlight icon LCD, 1 0.300 They are available with a flush-mount housing,
72x46mmm/2.8x1.8”, 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size, and expansion slots to fit
auxiliary supply plug-in expansion modules (1 for DMG 600/610 and 4 for
100-400VAC / 120-250VDC, DMG 700/800) suitable for numerous applications.
front optical port The main features include an extended power supply
DMG 610 Backlight icon LCD, 1 0.350 voltage range, high measurement accuracy, expandability
72x46mmm/2.8x1.8”, and graphic interactive interface for simple use.
auxiliary supply Main measurements and functions include:
100-400VAC / 120-250VDC, – Voltage: phase, line and system values
front optical port and – Current: phase values (neutral current calculated)
RS485 port – Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total
DMG 600 - DMG 610
DMG 700 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.510 values
auxiliary supply – P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
100-440VAC/110-250VDC. – Frequency of measured voltage value
Multilanguage: Italian, – HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions for all
English, French, Spanish measurements
and Portuguese – Maximum demand of power and current values
– Voltage and current asymmetry
DMG 700 L01 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.510 – Total harmonic distortion (THD): voltage and current
auxiliary supply – Harmonic analysis of voltage and current up to the
100-440VAC/110-250VDC. 31° order with DMG 800 only
Multilanguage: English, Czech, – Energy meters for active, reactive, apparent partial and
Polish, German and Russian total values with programmable tariff functions
DMG 800 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.510 – Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours
harmonic analysis, – Pulse counter for general use: consumption pulse
DMG 700 - DMG 800... auxiliary supply counting for water, gas, etc., with expansion module
100-440VAC/110-250VDC. only.
Multilanguage: Italian,
English, French, Spanish Operational characteristics
and Portuguese – Auxiliary supply voltage range:
DMG 800 L01 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.510 • 100-400VAC / 120-250VDC for DMG 600/610
harmonic analysis, • 90-484VAC / 93.5-300VDC for DMG 700/800
auxiliary supply • 9-70VDC for DMG 800 D048
100-440VAC/110-250VDC. – Voltage measurement range:
Multilanguage: English, Czech, • 50-720VAC for DMG600/610
Polish, German and Russian • 20-830VAC L-L / 10-480VAC L-N for DMG 700/800
– Usage in medium and high voltage systems with
DMG 800 D048 Graphic 128x80 pixel LCD, 1 0.520 voltage transformers
with harmonic analysis, – Rated input current: By external CT 5A for DMG 700;
auxiliary supply 1A or 5A for DMG 600/610 and DMG 800…
12-24-48VDC – Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz
DMG M3 800 01 DMG 800 portable unit in 1 3.300 – True RMS measurements: for voltage and current
M3N case, prewired, – Measurement accuracy for DMG 600/610-DMG 700:
for mobile applications, • Voltage: ±0.5% (50-720VAC DMG 600/610; 50-
with USB port, without 830VAC DMG 700)
external cable (see page • Current: ±0.5% (0.1-1.1In)
23-31) • Power: ±1% f.s.
DMG M3 800 01 • Frequency: ±0.05%
• Active energy: Classe 1 (IEC/EN 62053-22)
Order Description – Measurement accuracy for DMG 800…:
code • Voltage: ±0.2% (50-830VAC)
DMG 600/610, DMG 700 AND DMG 800 EXPANSION MODULES • Current: ±0.2% (0.1-1.1In)
Inputs and outputs. • Power: ±0.5% f.s.
EXP10 00 4 opto-isolated digital inputs • Power factor: ±0.5%
• Frequency: ±0.05%
EXP10 01 4 opto-isolated static outputs • Active energy: Classe 0.5S (IEC/EN 62053-22)
EXP10 02 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated • Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
EXP10 03 2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC – Non-volatile memory for data storage
– Communication protocol Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP
EXP10 04 2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or – Compatible with software
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V for DMG 800 – Flush-mount housing 96x96mm/3.78x3.78”
EXP10 05 2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or – IEC degree of protection: On front IP54 DMG600/610;
0-10V or 0...±5V for DMG 800 IP65 all others. All IP20 at terminals
23 EXP10 08 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay
Overall M3N case dimensions: See page 4-17.
EXP 10... Communication ports. supervision and energy management software
EXP10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface See Section 27.
EXP10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface See Section 28, page 2.
EXP10 13 Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with web
server function for DMG 800 Certifications and compliance
EXP10 14 Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface Certifications obtained: EAC for all except DMGM380001;
for DMG 800 UL listed for USA and Canada (cULus – File E93601), as
Auxiliary Devices – Multimeters for DMG… types pending
EXP10 30 Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup for DMG600/610 and excluding DMGM380001.
reserve energy for data logging for DMG 800 Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22-2 n°14.
23-18 pages 23-30 and 31 page 28-2 page 23-34 page 23-37 page 23-45
Flush mount LCD touch- Order Description Qty Wt General characteristics

screen power analyzers, code per DMG 900... expandable digital power analyzers are available
pkg with a flush-mount housing, 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size. The
expandable n° [kg] wide graphic touch screen display provides extremely simple
interacting between the device and the user.
DMG 900 Graphic 128x112 pixel 1 0.566 The high performance of the power analyzers gives very
touch-screen LCD, harmonic accurate measurements and can control energy distribution
analysis, 4 current channels, networks, to detect and prevent energy problems which could
(neutral meas.) auxiliary compromise quality and supply.
supply 100-440VAC/ The main features include an extensive power supply voltage
110-250VDC. range, high measurement accuracy, expandability up to 4
Multilanguage: Italian, plug in expansion modules.
English, French, Spanish There also is available the DMG 900T measurement
and Portuguese transducer which can be used with the DMG 900RD remote
DMG 900 L01 Graphic 128x112 pixel 1 0.566 display. The DMG 900T, without display, is arranged for
touch-screen LCD, harmonic mounting inside the panel board, on 35mm DIN rail, and is an
DMG 900... analysis, 4 current channels, ideal solution for installations where the measurements of
(neutral meas.) auxiliary various multimeters must be remotely viewed.
supply 100-440VAC/ The DMG 900RD remote display connected to the DMG 900T
110-250VDC. transducer can display the measurements on the panel front
Multilanguage: English, Czech, while power connections remain inside the panel.
Polish, German and Russian Main measurements and functions include:
– Voltage: phase, phase-neutral and ground neutral-earth
DMG M3 900 01 DMG 900 portable unit in 1 3.400 – Supply voltage value for the DC supply types only
M3N case, prewired for – Current: phase values
mobile applications, with USB – Neutral current calculated and true values
port, without external cables – Power: apparent, active and reactive phase and total values
(see page 23-31) – P.F.: Power Factor per phase and total
DMG 900 D048 Graphic 128x112 pixel 1 0.580 – Cos per phase and total
touch-screen LCD, – Frequency of measured voltage value
harmonic analysis, auxiliary – Voltage and current asymmetry
supply 12-24-48VDC – Total harmonic distortion (THD) of voltage and current
DMG 900T Measurement transducer, 1 0.570 – Harmonic analysis of voltage and current up to the 63° order
harmonic analysis, – HIGH-LOW-AVERAGE value functions for all measurements
4 channels, auxiliary supply – Maximum demand of power and current values
100-440VAC/110-250VDC, – Energy meters for active, reactive, apparent partial and
RS232/RS485 ports total values with programmable tariff functions
– Hour counter for programmable total and partial hours
DMG 900T D048 Measurement transducer, 1 0.590 – Pulse counter for general use: consumption pulse
harmonic analysis, counting for water, gas, etc., with expansion module only
4 channels, auxiliary supply – Energy quality analysis to EN 50160 with expansion
12-24-48VDC, module only.
DMG M3 900 01 RS232/RS485 ports
Remote display for DMG 900T... – Auxiliary supply voltage range:
DMG 900RD Graphic 128x112 pixel touch 1 0.396 90-484VAC / 93.5-300VDC for DMG 900 and DMG 900T;
screen LCD, with 3m/9.8ft 9-70VDC for DMG 900 D048 and DMG 900T D048
long connecting cable – Voltage measurement range:
No simultaneous operations of serial ports; only one port can be used at 20-830VAC phase-to-phase
a time. Consult instructions manual for details. 10-480VAC phase-neutral
Direct link to DMG 900T dedicated port: powered directly by DMG 900T. – Usage in medium and high-voltage systems with voltage
transformers
– Rated input current: 5A or 1A by CT up to 10,000A
Order Description – Current measurement range: 0.01-10A or 0.002-1.2A
code – Frequency measurement range: 45-66Hz / 360-440Hz
DMG 900T... DMG 900 and DMG 900 T EXPANSION MODULES. – True RMS measurements for voltage and current values
Inputs and outputs. – Accuracy:
EXP10 00 4 opto-isolated digital inputs • Voltage: ±0.2% (50-830VAC)
• Current: ±0.2% (0.1-1.1In)
EXP10 01 4 opto-isolated static outputs • Power: ±0.5% f.s.
EXP10 02 2 digital inputs and 2 static outputs, opto-isolated • Power factor: ±0.5%
• Frequency: ±0.05%
EXP10 03 2 relay outputs rated 5A 250VAC
• Active energy: Class 0.5S (IEC/EN 62053-22)
EXP10 04 2 opto-isolated analog inputs 0/4-20mA or • Reactive energy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-23)
PT100 or 0-10V or 0...±5V – Non-volatile memory for data and event (last 100) storage
EXP10 05 2 opto-isolated analog outputs 0/4-20mA or – Communication protocol Modbus-RTU, ASCII and TCP
0-10V or 0...±5V with communication expansion modules only
– Programming and remote control by software with
EXP10 08 2 opto-isolated digital inputs and 2 relay outputs
communication expansion modules only;
DMG 900RD rated 5A 250VAC
compatible
Communication ports. – Housing: Flush mount 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” for
EXP10 10 Opto-isolated USB interface DMG900... and DMG 900RD; 35mm DIN rail 23
(IEC/EN 60715) fixing for DMG 900T
EXP10 11 Opto-isolated RS232 interface – IEC protection degree: IP65 on front for DMG 900... and
EXP10 12 Opto-isolated RS485 interface DMG 900RD; IP20 at terminals for DMG 900... - DMG 900T.
EXP10 13 Opto-isolated Ethernet interface with Web supervision and energy management software
server function See Section 27.
EXP10 14 Opto-isolated Profibus-DP interface
EXP10 15 GPRS/GSM modem See Section 28, page 2.
EXP10 30 Data storage, clock-calendar (RTC) with backup
EXP 10... reserve energy for data logging Certifications and compliance
Certifications obtained: EAC for all except DMG M3...;
EXP10 31 Data storage, with Energy Quality (EN 50160), UL Listed, for USA and Canada (cULus - File E93601), as
clock-calendar (RTC) with backup reserve energy Auxiliary Devices-Multimeters for all except DMG M3...
for data logging Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2,
IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
pages 23-30 and 31 page 28-2 page 23-34 page 23-37 page 23-45 23-19
Flush-mount LED Order Displayed Relay Qty Wt General characteristics

instruments single phase code measurements output per The DMK 0... instruments are available with flush-mount
pkg housing, 96x48mm/3.78x1.9” size.
non expandable n° n° n° [kg] Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
reliable operation even in presence of harmonics.
Voltmeter.
DMK 00 1 voltage value – 1 0.290 Operational characteristics
1 max voltage value – Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
DMK 00 R1 1 1 0.323 24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415AC type on request
1 min voltage value
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
Ammeter. – True RMS measurements
DMK 01 1 current value – 1 0.290 – HIGH and LOW measurement storage
DMK 01 R1 1 max current value 1 1 0.323 – 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
1 min current value DMK...R1 only
DMK 0... Voltmeter or ammeter. – Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
– Terminals: 4mm2
DMK 02 1 voltage or – 1 0.290 – IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
current value
1 maximum voltage DMK 00 - DMK 00 R1
or current value – Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
1 minimum voltage – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
or current value – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
Frequency meter. – Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 03 1 frequency value – 1 0.290
1 max frequency value 1 DMK 01 - DMK 01 R1
DMK 03 R1 1 0.323 – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
1 min frequency value
– Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
Cosphi meter. – Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
DMK 04 1 cosphi value – 1 0.290 – Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 04 R1 1 power factor value 1 1 0.323
DMK 02
The DMK02 can operate as a voltmeter or ammeter. It is duly equipped – Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
with two front plates (V and A) which must be fitted by the user
depending on which instrument is required and on the wiring scheme – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
used. – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
Relay output for control and protection functions. – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Programmable CT ratio: OFF/5-10,000
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 03 - DMK 03 R1
– Measurement input: 15-660VAC
– Accuracy: ±1 digit
DMK 04 - DMK 04 R1
– Cosphi measurement error: ±0.5° ±1 digit
– Cosphi measurement in 4 quadrants
– Accuracy: ±1° ±1 digit
Control and protection functions

DMK 00 R1
– Voltage loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
– Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
– Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Time delay for max-min voltage or voltage loss, phase
loss : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 01 R1
– Current loss: OFF/2-100%
– Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
– Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss :
0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 03 R1
– Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
– Minimum frequency: OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for min-max frequency :
23 0.5-900.0 seconds.
DMK 04 R1
– Minimum-maximum cos thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Minimum-maximum PF thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Delay time for max or min threshold :
1-9,000 seconds.

Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices-
Multimeters.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Independent adjustable delays.

Flush-mount LED Order Displayd Relay Qty Wt General characteristics

code measurements output per The DMK 1... instruments are available with flush-mount
instruments three phase pkg housing, 96x48mm/3.78x1.9” size.
non expandable n° n° n° [kg]
Measurements are TRMS values and provide for reliable
operation even in presence of harmonics.
Voltmeter. Operational characteristics
DMK 10 3 phase voltage values – 1 0.297 – Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
3 phase to phase 24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
DMK 10 R1 1 1 0.330 – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
voltage values
– TRMS measurements
3 maximum phase – HIGH and LOW measurement storage
voltage values – 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
3 maximum phase to DMK...R1 only
phase voltage values – Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
3 minimum phase – Terminals: 4mm2
DMK 1... voltage values – IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
3 minimum phase to DMK 10 - DMK 10 R1
phase voltage values – Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
Ammeter. – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
DMK 11 3 phase current values – 1 0.292 – Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit.
DMK 11 R1 3 maximum phase 1 1 0.336
current values DMK 11 - DMK 11 R1
3 minimum phase – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
current values – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
Combined voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter. – Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit.
DMK 15 3 phase voltage values – 1 0.332 DMK 15 - DMK 15 R1
DMK 15 R1 3 phase to phase 1 1 0.350 – Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
voltage values – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
3 phase current values – Frequency measure range: 45-65Hz
4 active power values, – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
phase and total – Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
3 maximum phase – Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
voltage values Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
3 maximum phase to Power ±1% f.s. ±1 digit.
phase voltage values Control and protection functions
3 maximum phase DMK 10 R1
current values – Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
4 maximum active – Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
power values, – Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
phase and total – Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
3 minimum phase
– Frequency
voltage values • Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
3 minimum phase to • Minimum frequency: OFF/90-99%
phase voltage values – Time delay for max-min voltage, phase loss, asymmetry
3 minimum phase and min-max frequency : 0.5-900.0 seconds.
current values
4 minimum active DMK 11 R1
power values, – Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
phase and total – Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
Connection also to single phase. OFF/110-600%
Relay output for control and protection functions. – Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
– Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss and
asymmetry : 0.5-900.0 seconds.
DMK 15 R1
– Voltage
• Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
• Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
• Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
• Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
• Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
– Current
• Current loss: OFF/5-85%
• Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
• Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
• Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
• Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
– Power
• Rated power: 1-10,000
• Maximum power: OFF/101-200% 23
• Max. power instantaneous tripping: OFF/110-600%
• Minimum power: OFF/10-99%
– Freuency
• Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
• Minimum frequency OFF/90-99%
– Time delay for max-min voltage, max-min current or
current loss, phase loss, asymmetry and min-max
power : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
Multimeters.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.

page 23-30 page 23-34 page 23-38 page 23-47 23-21
Flush-mount LED multimeter Order Displayed Qty Wt General characteristics

three phase code measurements per The DMK 16 multimeter is available with flush-mount
non expandable n° [kg] Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
DMK 16 3 phase voltage values 1 0.350
3 phase to phase voltage Operational characteristics
values – Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
3 phase current values 24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
4 active power values, phase – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
and total – True RMS measurements
4 reactive power values, – Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
phase and total Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
4 apparent power values, – Active energy accuracy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-21 and
phase and total IEC/EN 62053-23)
DMK 16
3 phase power factor values – HIGH and LOW measurement storage
1 frequency value – Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
1 active energy value in kWh – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
1 reactive energy value – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
in kvarh – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.0
1 hour counter – Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
3 maximum phase voltage – Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
values – Terminals: 4mm2
3 maximum phase to phase – IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
voltage values
3 maximum phase current Certifications and compliance
values Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
4 maximum active power Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary Devices-
values, phase and total Multimeters.
4 maximum reactive power Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1,
values, phase and total IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
4 maximum apparent power CSA C22.2 n° 14.
values, phase and total
3 minimum phase voltage
values
3 minimum phase to phase
voltage values
3 minimum phase
current values
4 minimum active power
4 minimum reactive power
4 minimum apparent power
23

Flush-mount LED multimeter Order code Displayed Relay Qty Wt General characteristics
three phase measurements output per The DMK 16 R1 multimeter is available with flush-mount
DMK 16 R1 3 phase voltage 1 1 0.353
values Operational characteristics
3 phase to phase – Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
voltage values 24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
3 phase current – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
values – True RMS measurements
4 active power values, – Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
phase and total Current ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
4 reactive power – Active energy accuracy: Class 2 (IEC/EN 62053-21
values, phase and and IEC/EN 62053-23)
DMK 16 R1
total – HIGH and LOW measurement storage
4 apparent power – Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
values, phase and – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
total – Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
3 phase power factor – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.0
values – Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
1 frequency value – 1 relay output with 1 changeover (SPDT) contact
1 active energy value – Housing: Flush mount 96x48mm/3.78x1.9”
in kWh – Terminals: 4mm2
1 reactive energy – IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP20 at terminals.
value in kvarh
1 hour counter PROGRAMMABLE RELAY OUTPUT
3 maximum phase – Voltage
voltage values • Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
3 maximum phase to • Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
phase voltage • Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
values • Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
3 maximum phase • Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
current values – Current
4 minimum and • Protection inhibition max current: OFF/2-100%
maximum active • Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
power values, • Maximum current instantaneous tripping:
phase and total OFF/110-600%
4 minimum and • Minimum current: OFF/5-98%
maximum reactive • Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
power values, – Power factor
phase and total • Maximum power factor: 0.10-1.00
4 minimum and • Minimum power factor: 0.10-1.00
maximum apparent – Time delay for max-min voltage, max-min current or
power values, current loss, phase loss, asymmetry and min-max
phase and total power factor : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
2 minimum and
maximum power Certifications and compliance
factor values Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed, for USA and
Connection also to single phase.
Multimeters.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
23

Flush mount LED Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

multimeters per DMK 2... digital multimeters are available with fush-mount
pkg housing, 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size. They monitor and view
non expandable n° [kg] reliable readings of electrical parameters, even in presence
47 electrical parameters DMK 20 Basic version, auxiliary 1 0.434
of critical operating conditions, such as voltages and
currents with high harmonic content and variable frequency.
supply 208-240VAC The total and partial hour counter feature provides an
DMK 21 Version with energy 1 0.477 interesting feature for electric panels of emergency
meters included, auxiliary generating sets.
supply 208-240VAC The diversified and accurate measurements give the
DMK 22 Version with energy 1 0.477 multimeters valuable technical and cost effective advantages
meters and RS485 port respect to traditional analog instrumentation.
included, auxiliary supply DMK2... digital multimeters view 47 electrical parameters:
208-240VAC – Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Battery voltage: 9-32VDC for DMK 25 only
DMK 25 Version for generating 1 0.350 – Current: phase values
set duty, auxiliary supply – Power: apparent phase, active and reactive values
12-24VDC – P.F.: power factor per phase
DMK 2...
– Frequency (measured voltage frequency)
– HIGH/LOW: instantaneous minimum and maximum
values of each phase voltage and current, total active
power (W), total reactive power (var) and total
apparent power (VA) values
– Total hours: non-volatile clearable log for DMK 20 and
DMK 25 only
– Partial hours: non-volatile configurable log for DMK 20
and DMK 25 only
– Active and reactive energy meters for DMK21 and
DMK22 only.
– Auxiliary supply voltage range:
• 154-288VAC for DMK 20
• 177-264VAC for DMK 21-DMK 22
• 9-32VDC for DMK 25
– Voltage measurement range: 60-830VAC phase-phase
30-480VAC phase-neutral
– Current measurement range: 0.05-6A
– Programmable CT ratio: 1.0-2,000
– Voltage accuracy: Class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V)
– Current accuracy: Class 0.5 ±0.5% f.s. (6A)
– Active energy accuracy: Class 2
– Non-volatile total and partial hour counter with
separate clearing; used as maintenance interval with
alarm display in DMK 20 - DMK 25 only
– HIGH and LOW value functions to read and log
instantaneous voltage, current and power values
– Delayed automatic resetting of default measurements
– Averaging function to slow down repetitive fluctuations
to obtain more stable readouts
– Current connection in ARON configuration by 2 current
transformers (CTs) only
– Single, two, three phase, with or without neutral, and
balanced three-phase connection
– RS485 serial port, compatible with software
– TRMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order
– Housing: Flush mount 96x96mm/3.78x3.78”
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP 20 at rear.

See Section 28.

Multimeters.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
23 CSA C22.2 n°14.

23-24 page 23-30 and 31 page 23-34 page 23-39 page 23-48
Flush mount LED Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

multimeters per DMK3... and DMK40 digital multimeters are available with
pkg flush-mount housing, 96x96mm/3.78x3.78” size. They
non expandable n° [kg] comprise excellent features so distorted waveform
251 electric parameters conditions, such as very disturbed supply lines having
DMK 30 Basic version, auxiliary supply 1 0.410 voltage and currents with high harmonic content and variable
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC freqeuncy, do not influence the high accuracy of DMK
DMK 31 Version with 1 relay and 1 0.480 multimeter readouts, because of the rigorous deisgn in
1 static programmable addition to the use of the latest generation of microprocessor
outputs, auxiliary supply technology. Measurement of the phase angle (cos) in
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC addition to power factor, harmonic analysis and HIGH-LOW-
MAX DEMAND functions are just a few of those which are
DMK 32 Version with 1 relay and 1 0.490 difficult to find on higher category equipment.
1 static programmable outputs The DMK 40 version includes a reliable data-logger system,
and RS485 opto-isolated port, extremely easy to use. DMK 3... and DMK 40 multimeters can
auxiliary supply display 251 electric parameters; a few of these are listed below:
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC – Voltage: phase, line and system values
DMK 32 D048 Version with 1 relay and 1 0.485 – Current: phase and system values
DMK 3... 1 static programmable outputs – Power: active, reactive, apparent phase and total values
DMK 40 and RS485 opto-isolated port, – Energy: import, export, active and reactive values
auxiliary supply 24-48VDC – P.F.: power factor per phase
– cos: angle displacement, i.e. power factor related to
DMK 40 Version with data-logger, 1 0.470 the harmonic fundamental only
RS232 and RS485 – Frequency of measured voltage value
opto-isolated ports, – Harmonics (HARM.): residual and total harmonic
auxiliary supply content for each harmonic order up to the 22° per
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC phase, both for voltage and current values
– HIGH / LOW: maximum / minimum values of phase
voltage and current and W, var and VA power
– Maximum demand (MAX): maximum current and total
active power values, both calculated on programmable
integration time.
The technical features of the DMK 40 data-logger are:
– 2Mbyte (MB) non-volatile memory for data logging
– Real Time Clock (RTC) with replaceable backup lithium
battery
– Sampling time, 1s to 24h configurable
– Number of sampling measurements, 1 to 32
configurable at a time
– Communication protocols: Modbus-RTU and
Modbus-ASCII
– Data logging of one electrical parameter in continuous
format or with begin-end by programmable thresholds
– Compatible with software
– Suspension of data acquisition at full memory or
refreshing oldest data.
– Operating auxiliary voltage range: 85-265VAC /
93.5-300VDC; 18-70VDC for DMK32 D048
– Voltage measurement range: 20-830VAC phase-phase;
– VT ratio programming: 1.0-5,000
– CT ratio programming: 1.0-2,000
– Voltage accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. (830V)
– Current accuracy: ±0.35% f.s. (6A)
– Frequency and harmonic distortion accuracy: ±1 digit
– HIGH and LOW value functions to detect and log
– Averaging function to slow down repetitive fluctuations
to obtain more stable readouts
– Current connection in ARON configuration by 2 current
transformers only
– Single, two, three phase, with or without neutral, and
balanced three-phase connection by 1 CT only
– Usage with voltage transformers for voltages >830VAC
– True RMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order
– Power factor and cos measurements
– Voltage and current harmonic analysis per phase up to
23
22° harmonic order
– Active energy meters (import-export)
– Reactive energy meters (import-export)
– Housing: Flush mount 96x96mm/3.78x3.78”
– IEC protection degree: IP54 on front; IP 20 at rear.
See Section 28.
Multimeters.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, CISPR11/EN 55011, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.

page 23-30 and 31 page 23-34 page 23-39 page 23-48 23-25
Modular LED instruments Order Displayed Relay Qty Wt General characteristics

single phase code measurements output per The DMK 8... instruments are available with modular
pkg housing, 3 module size.
Voltmeter.
DMK 80 1 voltage value – 1 0.237 Operational characteristics
DMK 80 R1 1 max voltage value 1 1 0.268 – Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
1 min voltage value 24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
Ammeter. – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– True RMS measurements
DMK 81 1 current value – 1 0.237 – HIGH and LOW measurement storage
DMK 81 R1 1 max current value 1 1 0.268 – 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
1 min current value DMK...R1 version only
Voltmeter or ammeter. – Terminals: 4mm2
DMK 80 DMK 80 R1 DMK 82 1 voltage or current – 1 0.241 – Modular DIN 43880 housing, 3 modules
value – IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 on
1 maximum voltage terminals.
or current value
1 minimum voltage DMK 80 - DMK 80 R1
or current value – Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
Frequency meter. – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
DMK 83 1 frequency value – 1 0.237 – Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 83 R1 1 max frequency value 1 1 0.268
1 min frequency value DMK 81 - DMK 81 R1
Cosphi meter. – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
DMK 84 1 cosphi value – 1 0.241 – Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
DMK 81 DMK 81 R1 DMK 84 R1 1 power factor value 1 1 0.272 – Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
The DMK82 can operate as a voltmeter or ammeter. It is duly equipped
with two front plates (V and A) which must be fitted by the user DMK 82
depending on which instrument is required and on the wiring scheme – Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
used. – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
Relay output with control and protection functions. – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
– Programmable CT ratio: OFF/5-10,000
DMK 83 - DMK 83 R1
– Measurement input: 15-660VAC
DMK 82 DMK 82 – Frequency measurement range: 50-60Hz ±10%
– Measurement accuracy: ±1 digit
– Accuracy: ±1 digit
DMK 84 - DMK 84 R1
– Cosphi measurement error: ±0.5° ±1 digit
– Cosphi measurement in 4 quadrants
– Accuracy: ±1° ±1 digit
Control and protection functions

DMK 80 R1
– Voltage loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
DMK 83 DMK 83 R1 – Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Time delay for max-min voltage or voltage loss, phase
loss : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 81 R1
OFF/110-600%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss :
0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 83 R1
DMK 84 DMK 84 R1
23 – Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
– Time delay for min-max frequency :
0.5-900.0 seconds.
DMK 84 R1
– Minimum-maximum cos thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Minimum-maximum PF thresholds in 4 quadrants
– Delay time for max or min threshold :
1-9,000 seconds.

IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3.

23-26 page 23-35 page 23-38 page 23-46
Modular LED instruments Order Displayed Relay Qty Wt General characteristics

code measurements output per The DMK 7... instruments are available with modular
three phase pkg housing, 3 module size.
non expandable n° n° n° [kg]
Measurements are True RMS values and provide for
Voltmeter.
DMK 70 3 phase voltage values – 1 0.233 – Auxiliary supply voltage: 220-240VAC standard;
DMK 70 R1 3 phase to phase 1 1 0.264 24VAC, 110-127VAC or 380-415VAC type on request
voltage values – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
3 max phase voltage – True RMS measurements
values – HIGH and LOW measurement storage
3 max phase to phase – 1 relay output with 1 changeover contact (SPDT) for
voltage values DMK...R1 version only
3 min phase voltage – Terminals: 4mm2
values
– IEC degree of protection: IP40 on front; IP20 on
DMK 70 DMK 70 R1 3 min phase to phase terminals.
voltage values
DMK 70 - DMK 70 R1
Ammeter.
– Voltage measurement range: 15-660VAC
DMK 71 3 phase current values – 1 0.241 – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
DMK 71 R1 3 max phase current 1 1 0.272 – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
values – Accuracy: ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
3 min phase current DMK 71 - DMK 71 R1
values – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
Combined voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter. – Operating frequency range: 45-65Hz
– Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
DMK 75 3 phase voltage values – 1 0.271
– Accuracy: ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
DMK 75 R1 3 phase to phase 1 1 0.280
voltage values DMK 75 - DMK 75 R1
DMK 71 DMK 71 R1 3 phase current values – Voltage measurement range: 35-660VAC
4 active power values, – Current measurement range: 0.05-5.75A
phase and total – Frequency measure range: 45-65Hz
3 maximum phase – Programmable VT ratio: 1.00-500.00
voltage values – Programmable CT ratio: 5-10,000
3 maximum phase to
phase voltage values
3 maximum phase Control and protection functions
current values DMK 70 R1
4 max active power, – Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
phase and total – Maximum voltage: OFF/102-120%
3 minimum phase – Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
voltage values – Asymmetry: OFF/2-20%
3 minimum phase to – Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
DMK 75 DMK 75 R1 – Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
phase voltage values
3 minimum phase – Time delay for max-min voltage, phase loss,
current values asymmetry and min-max frequency :
4 min active power, 0.0-900.0 seconds.
phase and total
DMK 71 R1
Connection also to single phase. – Current loss: OFF/2-100%
Relay output with control and protection functions. – Maximum current: OFF/102-200%
OFF/110-600%
– Time delay for max-min current or current loss and
asymmetry : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
DMK 75 R1
Voltage
– Phase loss or failure: OFF/5-85%
– Minimum voltage: OFF/70-98%
– Phase sequence: OFF/L1-L2-L3/L3-L2-L1
Current
OFF/110-600%
Power
– Rated power: 1-10,000
23
– Maximum power: OFF/101-200%
– Maximum power instantaneous tripping:
OFF/110-600%
– Minimum power: OFF/10-99%
Frequency
– Maximum frequency: OFF/101-110%
– Time delay for max-min voltage, max-min current or
current loss, phase loss, asymmetry and min-max
power : 0.0-900.0 seconds.
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3.

page 23-35 page 23-38 page 23-47 23-27
Digital measuring instruments.
Starter kits
Modular LED multimeters Order Description Qty Wt General characteristics

non expandable code per DMK 5... digital multimeters are available with modular
pkg housing, 6 module size. They monitor and view reliable
47 electric parameters n° [kg] readings of electric parameters, even in presence of
critical operating conditions, such as voltages and
DMK 50 Basic version, 1 0.398 currents with high harmonic content and variable
auxiliary supply frequency.
208-240VAC The total and partial hour counter feature provides an
DMK 51 Version with energy 1 0.420 interesting feature for electric panels of emergency
meters included, generating sets.
auxiliary supply The diversified and accurate measurements give the
208-240VAC multimeters valuable technical and cost effective
DMK 52 Version with energy meters 1 0.420 advantages respect to traditional analog instrumentation.
and RS485 port, The digital multimeters DMK 5... view 47 electric
auxiliary supply parameters:
208-240VAC – Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase values
DMK 5... – Power: apparent phase, active and reactive values
– P.F.: power factor per phase
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– HIGH/LOW: instantaneous minimum and maximum
values of each phase voltage and current, total active
power (W), total reactive power (var) and total
apparent power (VA) values
– Total hours: non-volatile clearable log for DMK 50 only
Starter kits Order Description Qty Wt – Partial hours: non-volatile configurable log for
code per DMK 50 only
pkg – Active and reactive energy meters for DMK 51 and
n° [kg] DMK 52 only.
DMKKIT 51 060 Kit composed of one 1 1.020 Operational characteristics
DMK 51 multimeter and DMK 50 - DMK 51 - DMK 52
three 60/5A CTs – Auxiliary supply voltage range:
for Ø22mm/0.87” cable • 154-288VAC for DMK 50
DMKKIT 51 080 Kit composed of one 1 1.020 • 177-264VAC for DMK 51-DMK 52
DMK 51 multimeter and – Voltage measurement range:
three 80/5A CTs 60-830VAC phase-phase; 30-480VAC phase-neutral
for Ø22mm/0.87” cable – Current measurement range: 0.05-6A
DMKKIT 51 100 Kit composed of one 1 1.020 – Frequency measurement range: 45-65Hz
DMK 51 multimeter and – Programmable CT ratio: 1.0-2,000
three 100/5A CTs – Accuracy: Voltage-class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V)
DMKKIT 51 060 for Ø22mm/0.87” cable Current-class 0.5% ±0.5% f.s. (6A)
DMKKIT 51 080 – Active energy accuracy: Class 2
DMKKIT 51 100 DMKKIT 51 150 Kit composed of one 1 0.810 – Non-volatile total and partial hour counter with
DMK 51 multimeter and separate clearing; used as maintenance interval with
three 150/5A CTs alarm display in DMK 50 only
for Ø23mm/0.91” cable – HIGH and LOW value functions to read and log
DMKKIT 51 200 Kit composed of one 1 0.810 instantaneous voltage, current and power values
DMK 51 multimeter and – Delayed automatic resetting of default measurements
three 200/5A CTs – Averaging function to slow down repetitive
for Ø23mm/0.91” cable fluctuations to obtain more stable readouts
DMKKIT 51 250 Kit composed of one 1 8.210 – Current connection in ARON configuration by 2 current
DMK 51 multimeter and transformers (CTs) only
three 250/5A CTs – Single, two, three phase with or without neutral
for Ø23mm/0.91” cable – True RMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order
– RS485 serial port, software compatible for
DMK 52
– IEC degree of protection: IP41 on front; IP 20 on
DMKKIT 51 150 terminals.
DMKKIT 51 200
DMKKIT 51 250 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (CTs) of starter kits
– Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
– Secondary output current: 5A
– Class 1 burden
– Rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
– Rated short time thermal current Ith: 40-60Ipn for 1
second
– Rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5Ith for 1 second
23 – Insulation (dry type): class E
– Faston terminals
– Standard supplied fixing elements
See Section 27.
Certifications obtained: EAC for DMK 5...; UL Listed, for
USA and Canada (cULus - File E93601), as Auxiliary
Devices - Multimeters for DMK5... types, in the starter
kits as well.
Compliant with standards, IEC/EN 61010-1,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14 for DMK5…; IEC/EN 60044-1 for
transformers of starter kits.

Modular LED multimeters Order Description Qty Wt General characteristics

non expandable code per DMK6... digital multimeters are avaibalble with modular
pkg housing, 6 module size. They comprise excellent
251 electric parameters n° [kg] features, superior to devices of the same category
currently on the marketplace. Distorted waveform
DMK 60 Basic version, 1 0.290 conditions, such as very disturbed electric lines having
auxiliary supply voltage and currents with high harmonic content and
100-240VAC/110-250VDC variable frequency, do not influence the high accuracy
DMK 61 Version with 1 relay and 1 0.300 DMK multimeter readouts because of rigorous design in
1 static programmable addition to the use of the latest generation of
outputs, auxiliary supply microprocessor technology. Measurement of the phase
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC angle (cos) in addition to power factor, harmonics
DMK 62 Version with 1 relay and 1 0.320 analysis and HIGH-LOW-MAX functions are just a few of
1 static programmable outputs, those which are difficult to find on higher category
and RS485 port, auxiliary supply equipment.
100-240VAC / 110-250VDC DMK 6... digital multimeter can display 251 electric
DMK 6... parameters; a few of these are listed below.
– Voltage: phase, line and system values
– Current: phase and system values
– Power: active, reactive, apparent phase and total values
– Energy: active, reactive import and export values
– P.F.: power factor per phase
– cos: angle displacement, i.e. power factor related to
the harmonic fundamental only
– Frequency of measured voltage value
– Harmonics (HARM.): residual and total harmonic
content for each harmonic order up to the 22° per
phase, both for voltage and current values
– HIGH / LOW: maximum / minimum values of phase
voltage and current and W, var and VA power
– Maximum (MAX): maximum current and total active
power values, both calculated on programmable
integration time.
– Auxiliary supply voltage range:
85-265VAC/93.5-300VDC
– Voltage measurement range: 20-830VAC phase-phase
– VT ratio programming: 1.0-5,000
– CT ratio programming: 1.0-2000
– Accuracy: Voltage ±0.25% f.s. (830V)
Current ±0.35% f.s. (6A)
Frequency and harmonic distortion ±1 digit
– HIGH and LOW value functions to detect and log
– Averaging function to slow down repetitive
fluctuations to obtain more stable readouts
– Current connection in ARON configuration via 2
current transformers only
– Single, two, three phase with or without neutral and
balanced three-phase connection via 1 current
transformer only
– Usage with voltage transformers for voltages >830VAC
– True RMS measurements up to 22° harmonic order,
class 1 accuracy
– Power factor and cos measurement
– Voltage and current harmonic analysis per phase up
to 22° harmonic order
– Active energy meters (import-export)
– Reactive energy meters (import-export)
– RS485 serial port, compatible with software
for DMK 62
– IEC degree of protection: IP41 on front; IP 20 on
terminals.

23
See Section 27.

Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E93601) as Auxiliary Devices -
Multimeters.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN
61000-6-2, CISPR11/EN55011, UL508, CSA C22.2 n°14.

Communication devices, coves and accessories for measuring instruments

per Communication devices for connection of LOVATO
pkg Electric products to personal computers, smartphones
n° [kg] and tablets.
CX 01 USB/optical dongle with 1 0.090 CX 01
PC LOVATO Electric product The USB/optical dongle, complete with cable, allows the
connecting cable, for connection of products compatible with PCs without
programming, data download, having to disconnect the power supply from the electric
diagnostics and firmware panel.
upgrade The PC identifies the connection as a standard USB.
CX 01
CX 02 Wi-Fi dongle for PC LOVATO 1 0.090
Electric product programming, CX 02
data download, diagnostics and By Wi-Fi connection, compatible LOVATO Electric
cloning products can be viewed on PCs, smartphones and
CX 03 GSM/GPRS quad-band antenna 1 0.090 tablets with no need for cabling.
(800/900/1800/199Mhz) for
EXP1015 expansion module CX 03
Antenna compatible with the major part of worldwide
CX 02 mobile networks thanks to the available frequencies at
800/900/1800/1900MHz.
IEC degree of protection: IP67. Fixing by Ø12mm/0.04”
drilling.

CX 03 Downloads of local or global websites or consult
Customer Service. See contact details on the inside
front cover.
Protection covers Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

per When a higher front IP protection degree is needed, the
pkg covers can be installed on the corresponding devices
and also provide a sealing feature.
n° [kg]
PA 96X48 Front protection cover, IEC IP65 1 0.048
for DMK 0… and DMK 1…
31 PA 96X96 Front protection cover, IEC IP54 1 0.077
for DMK 2…, DMK 3… and
DMK 40
Accessories Order code Description Qty Wt

per
pkg
n° [kg]
EXP80 00 Plastic insert for customising 10 0.005
label fixing for DMG 600/610
EXP80 00 EXM80 04 Set of sealable terminal covers 1 0.020
for DMG 200/210/300
23
23-30
Converter drive, cables, clamp kits and software for measuring instruments
RS232-RS485 Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

converter drive per RS232-RS485 CONVERTER DRIVE
pkg It can interface “slave” devices connected in an RS485
n° [kg] bus with a “master” equipped with RS232 interface port.
When configured appropriately, it can also be used as
4 PX1 RS2322/RS485 converter 1 0.600 RS485 repeater whenever the devices connected to the
drive, opto-isolated, bus are many or the maximum distance among the bus
220-240VAC devices is longer than the allowed.
RS232/RS485 opto-isolated converter drive, 38,400 Baud rate maximum,
automatic or manual TRANSMIT line supervision, CONNECTING CABLES 51 C…
4 PX1 220-240VAC ±10% (110-120VAC supply on request). To connect energy meters and/or multimeters with:
– Personal computers
– Modems
– Bus converters.
Connecting cables Order code Description Qty Wt
per Electrical safety for DMG M3…
pkg (IEC/EN 61010-1 and IEC/EN 61010-2-032)
CURRENT CLAMPS
n° [kg] – 600V category III (industrial and services) with anti-
Connecting cables. slip protection and conductor
51 C2 For PCmultimeter RS232 1 0.090 anti-pinching system
port, 1.8m/2yd long – 300V category IV.
VOLTAGE MEASURING CABLES
51 C4 For PC4 PX1 converter drive, 1 0.147 – 1000V category III (industrial and services).
1.8m/2yd long
51 C5 For analog modemmultimeter 1 0.111 DMK SW SOFTWARE
51 C4 RS232 port, Remote control software for DMK 22, DMK 32, DMK 40,
1.8m/2yd long DMK 52, DMK 62, DMG 210, DMG 300, DMG 700,
51 C9 For 4PX 1 converter 1 0.137 DMG 800, DMG 900 and DMG 900T.
driveanalog modem, This software is capable of controlling a maximum of
1.8m/2yd long 250 digital multimeters remotely connected to one RS485
bus.
Current clamp kits for DMG M3…. portable devices. The DMK SW is subdivided into modules which warrant
DMG M3 KIT01 Composed by 3 current 1 6.900 simple and easy use:
clamps 1000/1 and 4 alligator – Main synoptic page which includes the most important
clip cables for voltage in-coming data of the various DMK/DMG connected
measurements – Detailed page with data related to the selected
DMG M3 KIT02 Composed by 1 current 1 0.860 DMK/DMG unit
clamps 1000/1 and 1 alligator – Data log which consents to store sampled
DMG M3 KIT... measurements on disk (max 128 measurements)
clip cable for voltage
measurements. – Events / alarms log with alarm data acquisition of the
For DMGM3900, if measuring various DMKs/DMGs as well as the elaborated analysis
inputs for neutral-earth/ground – Trend graphs to control electric parameters status
and neutral current are used too – Harmonic content analysis bar graph
– Energy count to periodically view energy counters of
the various instruments and monitor energy
Software Order code Description Qty Wt consumption.
per
pkg DMK SW10 SOFTWARE
Data-logger and remote control for DMK 40 and DMG...
n° [kg] with memory modules.
Software. The DMK SW10 includes the data-logger software and
DMK SW Remote control software for 1 0.246 the remote control DMK SW software, two applications
PC-DMK 22/32/40/52/62 and with separate installation.
PC-DMG 210/200/600/800/900 The data-logger software permits:
having Modbus-RTU and ASCII – To configure multimeter parameters for data logging
protocols, complete with 51 C4 and installation parameters (VT and CT ratio, etc.)
connecting cable – To view and print acquired data from the multimeter
storage memory in table or trend graph format.
DMK SW10 DMK SW 10 Data-logger software complete 1 0.400 No data-logger configuration or stored data viewing is
with 31 C2 connecting cable. obtainable on the unit front
Remote control and supervision – To download data in ACCESS, EXCEL or TEXT file
Software for PC-DMK / DMG – To view all actual electric parameter measurements on
(as above) having Modbus-RTU a virtual multimeter display (DMK only)
and ASCII protocols, complete – To program the multimeter clock-calendar (RTC - Real
with 51 C4 connecting cable Time Clock) to automatically manage daylight saving
time
– To connect directly or via modem with the multimeters.

See Section 27.
23
Reference standards
IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.

Downloads of local or global websites or consult
Customer Service. See contact details on the inside front
cover.
23-31
Solid-core Order code Primary Burden Qty Weight General characteristics

current Class Class per The DM... series current transformers (CTs) are installed
Ipn 0.5 1 pkg in electric installations to reduce the line current to a
/5 [A] [VA] [VA] n° [kg] secondary value of 5A, which is compatible with current
inputs of digital multimeters or protection relays.
For Ø22mm/0.9” cable. These are without primary winding and are used for high
DM0T 0050 50 — 1.25 1 0.200 primary current values from 50A upward.
DM0T 0060 60 — 1.5 1 0.200 The number of loops of the primary cable does not
modify the accuracy but converts the primary current
DM0T 0080 80 — 1.5 1 0.200 value proportional to secondary current.
DM0T 0100 100 — 1.5 1 0.200
DM0T 0150 150 — — 1 0.200
For Ø23mm/0.9” cable. 300/5A
DM0T...
For 30x10mm/1.2x0.4”, 25x12.5mm/1x0.5”,
20x15mm/0.8x0.4” busbars. S2
L n°=1
DM2T 0100 100 — 1.5 1 0.130
S1
K
DM2T 0150 150 — 1.5 1 0.130 300 / 5A
DM2T 0200 200 — 2.5 1 0.130 9
J-2 K
1 loop = 300 / 5A
-
P1
DM2T 0250 250 — 2.5 1 0.130
DM2T 0300 300 1.5 3 1 0.130
DM2T 0400 400 2 3 1 0.130 300:n/5A
For Ø30mm/1.2” cable. 300:1/5A=300/5A
DM2T...
For 40x10mm/1.6x0.4”, 30x20mm/1.2x0.8”,
25x25mm/1x1” busbars.
DM3T 0200 200 — 5 1 0.260 300/5A
DM3T 0250 250 — 5 1 0.260
DM3T 0300 300 2.5 5 1 0.260 S2
L
n°=2
DM3T 0400 400 2.5 5 1 0.260 S1
K
DM3T 0500 500 2.5 5 1 0.260 300 / 5A
DM3T 0600 600 5 10 1 0.260 9
J-2 K 2 loops = 150 / 5A
-
P1
DM3T 0800 800 5 10 1 0.260
DM3T 1000 1000 5 10 1 0.260
DM3T...
300:n/5A
For Ø86mm/3.4” cable.
For 100x30mm/3.9x1.2”, 80x50mm/3.1x2”, 300:2/5A=150/5A
70x60mm/2.8x2.4” busbars.
DM4T 1000 1000 10 20 1 0,700
DM4T 1200 1200 15 30 1 0.700 300/5A
DM4T 1250 1250 15 30 1 0.760
S2
DM4T 1500 1500 30 30 1 0.760 L
n°=3
DM4T 1600 1600 30 30 1 0.800 S1
K
300 / 5A
DM4T 2000 2000 45 45 1 0.840
9
J-2 K
3 loops = 100 / 5A
DM4T 2500 2500 45 45 1 0.900 P1
-
DM4T 3000 3000 45 45 1 0.900

DM4T...
DM4T 3500 3500 50 50 1 0.900 300:n/5A
DM4T 4000 4000 50 50 1 0.900 300:3/5A=100/5A
Order code Primary Burden Qty Weight – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
current Class Class per – Secondary output current: 5A
Ipn 0.5S 0.5 pkg – Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
/5 [A] [VA] [VA] n° [kg] – IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
– IEC rated short-time thermal current Ith:
For Ø28mm/1.1” cable. 40-60 Ipn for 1 second
For 20x10mm/0.8x0.4“ and 30x10mm/1.2x0.4” busbars. – IEC rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5 Ith for 1 second
DM5T 0060 60 1.5 1.5 1 0.560 – Insulation (dry type): Class E
DM5T 0080 80 2.5 2.5 1 0.580 – Terminals:
• Faston for DM2T and DM3T types
DM5T 0100 100 2.5 3.75 1 0.480 • Screw for DM0T, DM4T and DM5T types
DM5T 0150 150 2.5 3.75 1 0.480 – Sealable terminal covers for DM0T, DM4T and DM5T
23 DM5T 0200 200 2.5 3.75 1 0.460 types
– Fixing on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or by screws
DM5T... DM5T 0250 250 2.5 5 1 0.480 (fixing elements standard supplied with the product)
DM5T 0300 300 2.5 5 1 0.480 – IEC degree of protection: IP30
Versions with Italian UTF certificates Consult Customer Service to query about versions with Italian UTF – Ambient conditions
on request. certificates; see contact details on inside front cover. • Operating temperature: -25 ... +50°C
• Storage temperature: -40 ... +80°C.
• Relative humidity, non condensing: 90%.
Reference standards
The UTF certificate is required for revenue tax

purposes by Italian authorities when equipment is part
of generating electricity installations (e.g. solar, wind)
and there is electricity exchange with the power grid.
Dimensions
23-32 page 23-35
Split-core Order code Primary Burden Qty Weight General characteristics

current Class Class per The DM... series current transformers (CTs) are installed
Ipn 0.5 1 pkg in electric installations to reduce the line current to a
/5 [A] [VA] [VA] n° [kg] secondary value of 5A, which is compatible with current
inputs of digital multimeters or protection relays.
For 50x60mm/2x2.4” busbar. These are without primary winding and are used for high
DM1TA 0250 250 1 2 1 0.900 primary current values from 250A upward.
DM1TA 0300 300 1.5 3 1 0.900
DM1TA 0400 400 1.5 3 1 0.900 – Operating frequency: 50-60Hz
DM1TA 0500 500 2.5 5 1 0.900 – Secondary output current: 5A
DM1TA 0600 600 2.5 5 1 0.900 – Overload withstand: 120% Ipn
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 720V
DM1TA 0750 750 3 6 1 0.900 – IEC rated short-time thermal current Ith:
DM1TA 0800 800 3 7.5 1 0.900 40-60 Ipn for 1 second
DM1TA... – IEC rated dynamic current Idyn: 2.5 Ith for 1 second
DM1TA 1000 1000 5 10 1 0.900
– Insulation (dry type): Class E
For 80x80mm/3.1x3.1” busbar. – Screw terminals
DM2TA 0250 250 1 2 1 1.050 – Sealable terminal covers
DM2TA 0300 300 1.5 3 1 1.050 – Screw fixing (fixing elements standard supplied with
the product)
DM2TA 0400 400 1.5 3 1 1.050 – IEC degree of protection: IP30
DM2TA 0500 500 2.5 5 1 1.050 – Ambient conditions
DM2TA 0600 600 2.5 5 1 1.050 • Operating temperature: -25 ... +50°C
• Storage temperature: -40 ... +80°C.
DM2TA 0750 750 3 6 1 1.050 • Relative humidity, non condensing: 90%.
DM2TA 0800 800 3 7.5 1 1.050
DM2TA 1000 1000 5 10 1 1.050 Reference standards
DM2TA... Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60044-1.
For 80x120mm/3.1x4.7” busbar.
DM3TA 0500 500 — 4 1 1.250
DM3TA 0600 600 — 5 1 1.250
DM3TA 0750 750 2.5 6 1 1.250
DM3TA 0800 800 3 7.5 1 1.250
DM3TA 1000 1000 5 10 1 1.250
DM3TA 1200 1200 6 12.5 1 1.250
DM3TA 1250 1250 7.5 15 1 1.250
DM3TA 1500 1500 8 17 1 1.250
For 80x160mm/3.1x6.3” busbar.
DM4TA 2000 2000 15 20 1 3.160
DM4TA 2500 2500 15 20 1 3.340
DM3TA...
DM4TA 3000 3000 20 25 1 3.500
DM4TA 4000 4000 20 25 1 3.760
DM4TA...
23
Dimensions
page 23-35 23-33
ENERGY METERS
Mechanical meter DME M100... Digital meter DME D115 T1 - DME D120 T1... Digital meter DME D300 T2... - DME D300 F -
Digital meter DME D100... - DME D110... DME D121 - DME D130 DME D310 F... - DME D310 T2... - DME D320
Data concentrator DME CD - DME CD PV1...
35.8 5 58 (2.28") 5 58 (2.28")
59.9 (2.35") (1.41") (0.20") 43.7 (1.72") 71.6 (2.82") (0.20") 43.7 (1.72")
17.5
(0.69") 43.8 (1.72")
104.7 (4.12")
104.7 (4.12")
98.3 (3.87")
98.3 (3.87")
45 (1.77")
45 (1.77")
90 (3.54")
85 (3.35")
45 (1.77")
90 (3.54")
5
(0.20") Ø4.2 Ø4.2
(0.16") (0.16")
MULTIMETERS
DMG 200 - DMG 210 - DMG 300 Expansion modules EXM...
63 (2.48")
43.8 (1.72") 11
5 42.7 (1.68") (0.43")
71.6 (2.82") (0.20") 35.8 63 (2.48")
(1.41") 43.8 (1.72")
63.5 (2.50")
105.4 (4.15")
63.5 (2.50")
93.4 (3.68")
45 (1.77")
95 (3.74")
90 (3.54")
90 (3.54")
45 (1.77")
36.4
(1.43")
DMG 600 - DMG 610 DMG 700 - DMG 800... - DMG 900... with expansion modules EXP...
65 (2.56") 8.5 26.3 19
96 (3.78") 92 (3.62") 92 (3.62")
55 (2.16") (0.33") 96 (3.78") (1.03") 53.2 (2.09") (0.75")
99.5 (3.92")
64.5 (2.54")
96 (3.78")
92 (3.62")
92 (3.62")
EXP 10... 61.5 (2.42")
EXP 10...
Transducer DMG 900T with expansion modules EXP... DMG 900RD remote display Cutout
115 (4.53")
96 (3.78")
20 28.8 24
(0.79") 5 (1.13") 19 92 (3.62")
(0.20") (0.94")
37.3 96 (3.78") (0.75")
43.5 (1.71”)
(1.47”)
101.3 (3.99")
110 (4.33")
90.8 (3.57")
96 (3.78")
64.5 (2.54”)
96.3 (3.79”)
92 (3.62")
91.7 (3.61") EXP 10...

54 (2.12")
91.6 (3.61")
INSTRUMENTS
DMK 0... - DMK 1...
9 92 (3.62")
24 (0.35")
96 (3.78") (0.94") 81 (3.19")
45 (1.77")
48 (1.89")
44 (1.73")
23
MULTIMETERS
DMK 2... DMK 3... - DMK 40
14 6 92 (3.62") 12 6 92 (3.62")
(0.55") (0.24") (0.47") (0.24")
96 (3.78") 62 (2.44") 96 (3.78") 82 (3.23")
96 (3.78")
90 (3.54")
92 (3.62")
92 (3.62")
96 (3.78")
90 (3.54")
23-34
INSTRUMENTS
DMK 7... - DMK 8... Multimetri DMK 5... - DMK 6...
5 58.1 (2.29")
53.5 (2.11") (0.20") 43.8 (1.72") 60 (2.36")
105 (4.13") 55 (2.16")
36
105.4 (4.15")
63.5 (2.50")
99 (3.90")
90 (3.54")
45 (1.77")
45 (1.77")
95 (3.74")
90 (3.54")
1
Ø4.2
(0.16")
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
Solid core DM0T... DM2T... DM3T...
(0.37")
(0.37")
9.5
9.5
32 52 (2.05") 46.5 (1.83") 62.5 (2.46")
(1.26”) 71 (2.79")
(0.49")
12.5
65.5 (2.58")
66 (2.60”)
56.5 (2.22")
81.5 (3.19")
3
72.5 (2.85")
Ø2 0")
40 (1.57")
2
Ø2 7”) (0.
9
(1.10")
(0.
8 Ø30 ")
(0.59")
28
8
(0.39")
15 (1.1
(1.44")
10
36.5
20 (0.79")
10 (0.39")
20 27.5
44 (1.73”) 30 (1.08")
(1.18”) 25 (0.79")
(0.79") 25 44.5 (1.75")
30 (0.98")
(1.18") 30
DM4T... (1.18")
104 (4.09") 53 (2.08") 40 (1.57")
DM5T...
60 (2.36”)
45 (1.77”)
Ø8 8")
(3.
(0.43”)
155 (6.10")
6
3
51 (2.01")
61 (2.40")
71 (2.79")
81 (3.19")
11
(1.22")
31
98.5 (3.88”)
(0.85”) Ø2
(1.24”)
(1.02”)
21.5
31.5
(1 8
26
.10
”)
74 (2.91")
(0.65”)
16.5
31.5 40
(1.24”) (1.18”)
51 (2.01") 74.5 (2.93”)
101 (3.98")
121 (4.76")
140 (5.51")
Split core DM1TA... DM2TA... DM3TA...

114 (4.49") 50 (1.97") 142 (5.59") 50 (1.97") 142 (5.59") 50 (1.97")
S2 P2 S2 P2 S2 P2
144 (5.67")
144 (5.67")
80 (3.15")
80 (3.15")
184 (7.24")
120 (4.72")
(1.26")
(1.26")
32
P2
32
P2
52 (2.05") 32 80 (3.15") 32
(1.26") (1.26")
(1.26")
78 (3.07") 109 (4.29")

32
P2
DM4TA... 32
184 (7.24") 68 (2.68") 80 (3.15")
(1.26")
109 (4.29")
(1.26")
47 (1.85")
P2
32
S2
23
175 (6.89")
245 (9.64")
160 (6.30")
(1.50")
(1.50")
38
38
32
80 (3.15") (1.26")
120 (4.72") 52 (2.05")
23-35
Wiring diagrams
ENERGY METERS
Mechanical DME M100 DME M100 T1
L L
230VAC 230VAC
N N
L N L N
5
640 pulses/kWh
METER METER Vce max: 35V
Imax: 20mA
6
L N L N
LOAD LOAD
Digital DME D100 T1... - DME D110 T1... DME D115 T1 - DME D120 T1... - DME D130 DME D121
N N N N
N O1+ O1- N N O1+ O1- N A B
Static Static RS485
LINE LOAD LINE LOAD LINE LOAD

METER METER 220...240VAC METER
L L L L L L
L L L L L L
110-120VAC DMED...A120; 220-240VAC DMED...; 230V 50Hz DMED... T1 MID.
DME D300 T2... - DME D300 F DME D310 T2... - DME D310 F...
LINE L1
380-415V (L-L) 380-415V (L-L) L2
220-240V (L-N) 220-240V (L-N) L3
Tariff input N
100...240VAC
V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
L1 L2 L3 N I3
I1
I2
T1 T2
METER
Static
Static
O1 O2
+ – + – T1 T2 O1+ O1- O2+ O2-
L1 L2 L3 Pulse output
Pulse output 30VDC 50mA
LOAD 30VDC 50mA
230V 50Hz (L-N), 400V 50Hz (L-L) DMED... T2 MID / DMED... F.
DME D320
Single phase Two phase Three phase with or without neutral
CT1 CT1 CT1
L L L
O CT2 O CT2 O
N A A A
CT3
D N D D
N
110...250VDC 110...250VDC
100...240VAC 100...240VAC 110...250VDC
100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2

I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection

CT1 CT1
L L
CT2 O O
A CT3 A
D D
110...250VDC 110...250VDC
100...240VAC 100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE
CURRENT CURRENT
23 Data concentrator DME CD - DME CD PV1

100...240VAC
110...250VDC
100...240VAC
110VDC
SG
TR
A1
A2
T1
T2
A
B
Aux Tariff
Supply Input RS485
2 x 4 groups
Insulated inputs
COM1
COM2
COM3
COM4
I1.1
I1.2
I2.1
I2.2
I3.1
I3.2
I4.1
I4.2
23-36
Wiring diagrams
MULTIMETERS DMG 200 - DMG 210 - DMG 300

CT1 CT1 CT1
L L L
O CT2 O CT2 O
N A A A
CT3
D N D D
N
110...250VDC 110...250VDC 110...250VDC
100...240VAC 100...240VAC 100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2

I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3

CT1 CT1
L L
CT2 O O
A CT3 A
D D
110...250VDC 110...250VDC
100...240VAC 100...240VAC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
CURRENT CURRENT
MULTIMETRI DMG 700 - DMG 800... DMG 900...

Single phase Two phase Single phase Two phase
CT1 CT1 CT1 CT1
L L L L
O CT2 O O CT2 O
N A A N A A
D N D D N D
12-24-48VDC ❶ 12-24-48VDC ❶ 12-24-48VDC ❷ 12-24-48VDC ❷

110...250VDC 110...250VDC 110...250VDC 110...250VDC
100...440VAC 100...440VAC 100...440VAC 100...440VAC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 V4 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 V4 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2

I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I4 I1 I2 I3 I4
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
Three phase with or without neutral Three phase with or without neutral
CT1 CT1
L L
CT2 O CT2 O
CT3 A CT3 A
D D
N N
12-24-48VDC ❶ 12-24-48VDC ❷
110...250VDC 110...250VDC
100...440VAC 100...440VAC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 V4 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I4
CURRENT CURRENT
Three phase without neutral in ARON connection Three phase without neutral in ARON connection
CT1 CT1 CT1
L L L
CT2 O CT2 O O
A A CT3 A
D D D
12-24-48VDC ❶ 12-24-48VDC ❷ 12-24-48VDC ❷

110...250VDC 110...250VDC 110...250VDC
100...440VAC 100...440VAC 100...440VAC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 V4 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 V4 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2

I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I4 I1 I2 I3 I4
23
CT1
L
Two phase with neutral. Measurement of Three phase with neutral. Measurement of
O
A
neutral current and neutral-earth voltage neutral current and neutral-earth voltage
CT3
D
CT1 CT1
L L
12-24-48VDC ❶ CT2 O CT2 O
110...250VDC A A
CT4 CT3
100...440VAC N D D
CT4
12-24-48VDC ❷ N
110...250VDC
100...440VAC
12-24-48VDC ❷
110...250VDC
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 100...440VAC
I1 I2 I3
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE
CURRENT
A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 V4 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 A1 A2 GND V1 V2 V3 V4 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I4 I1 I2 I3 I4
For DMG 800 D048 only. CURRENT CURRENT
For DMG 900... D048 only.
23-37
Wiring diagrams
INSTRUMENTS DMK 02
DMK 00 - DMK 00 R1 DMK 01 - DMK 01 R1 Voltmeter Ammeter
L L L L L L
L O O O
L O L/N A L/N A L/N A
A D D D
L/N
D
1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
600V~ 5A~ 600V~ 5A~
METER METER METER METER
1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3 1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2
220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC
For DMK 00 R1 only For DMK 01 R1 only
DMK 03 - DMK 03 R1 DMK 04 - DMK 04 R1

Single phase Three phase
L1 L L1 L
L2 O L2 O
L L3 A L3 A
L O N D N D
L/N A
D
1.3 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
600V~ 45/65Hz 600V~ 5A~ 600V~ 5A~
METER METER METER
1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3 1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3 1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3
220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC
For DMK 03 R1 only For DMK 04 R1 only For DMK 04 R1 only
Input for other supply voltages on request.
DMK 10 - DMK 10 R1 DMK 11 - DMK 11 R1 DMK 15 - DMK 15 R1 DMK 16 - DMK 16 R1

L1 L1 L1
L L L
L1 L2 L2 O L2
L O O
L2 O L3 A L3 A L3 A
L3 A N D N D N D
N D
1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
600V~ 5A~ 600V~ 5A~ 600V~ 5A~
1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3 1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3 1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3 1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3
220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC
For DMK 10 R1 only For DMK 11 R1 only For DMK 15 R1 only For DMK 16 R1 only
DMK 80 - DMK 80 R1 DMK 81 - DMK 81 R1 DMK 82

Voltmeter Ammeter
L L L L L L
O O O
L L A A A
O L/N L/N L/N
D D D
L/N A
D
L L/N S1 S2 L L/N S1 S2 L L/N S1 S2
600V~ 5A~ 600V~ 5A~
A1 A2 14 12 11 A1 A2 14 12 11 A1 A2 A1 A2
220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC
For DMK 80 R1 only For DMK 81 R1 only
DMK 83 - DMK 83 R1 DMK 84 - DMK 84 R1

Single phase Three phase
L1 L L1 L
L2 O L2 O
L L3 A L3 A
L O N D N D
L/N A
D
L L/N L L/N S1 S2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
600V~ 45/65Hz 600V~ 5A~ 600V~ 5A~
METER METER METER
A1 A2 14 12 11 A1 A2 14 12 11 1.1 1.2 3.2 3.1 3.3

220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC
DMK 70 - DMK 70 R1 DMK 71 - DMK 71 R1 DMK 75 - DMK 75 R1

23 L1
L L1
L
L1 L L2 L2
O O
L2 O L3 A L3 A
L3 A N D N D
N D
L1 L2 L3 N I1 I2 I3 COM L1 L2 L3 N I1 I2 I3 COM
600V~ 5A~ 600V~ 5A~
METER METER METER
A1 A2 14 12 11 A1 A2 14 12 11 A1 A2 14 13
220...240VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC
23-38
Wiring diagrams
MULTIMETERS DMK2...
CT1 L CT1 CT1
L O L1 L
CT2 L1
A O CT2 L
N L2
D A L2 O
N D CT3
L3 A
D
N
DMK 2... 208...240VAC DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC DMK 25 12...24VDC DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
L N L1 L2 L3 N I1 I2 I3 C L N L1 L2 L3 N I1 I2 I3 C
L N L1 L2 L3 N I1 I2 I3 C
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT

CT1 CT1
L1 L L1 L
CT2 O
L2 O
A L2
CT3 A
L3 D L3 D
DMK 2... 208...240VAC

DMK 2... 208...240VAC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
DMK 25 12...24VDC
DMK3... - DMK40 - DMK6...

CT1 CT1 CT1
L L L
O CT2 O CT2 O
N A A A
CT3
D N D D
N
24...48VDC ❶ 24...48VDC ❶ 24...48VDC ❶

100...240VAC 100...240VAC 100...240VAC
110...250VDC 110...250VDC 110...250VDC
+ – GND L1 L2 L3 N S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 + – GND L1 L2 L3 N S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 + – GND L1 L2 L3 N S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2

I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
DMK 3... - DMK 40 DMK 3... - DMK 40 DMK 3... - DMK 40

CT1 CT1
L L
CT2 O O
A CT3 A
D D
24...48VDC ❶ 24...48VDC ❶
100...240VAC 100...240VAC
110...250VDC 110...250VDC
+ – GND L1 L2 L3 N S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 + – GND L1 L2 L3 N S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE For DMK 32 D048 only.
CURRENT CURRENT
DMK 3... - DMK 40 DMK 3... - DMK 40
DMK5...
CT1 CT1 CT1
L1 L1 L1
L CT2 L CT2 L
O L2 O L2 O
CT3
A A L3 A
D D D
N N N
100...240VAC 100...240VAC 100...240VAC
110...250VDC 110...250VDC 110...250VDC
--
- + V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 --
- + V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 --
- + V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
A1 A2 I1 I2 I3 A1 A2 I1 I2 I3 A1 A2 I1 I2 I3
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT

CT1 CT1
23
L1 L L1 L
CT2 O O
L2 L2
A CT3 A
L3 D L3 D
100...240VAC 100...240VAC
110...250VDC 110...250VDC
--
- + V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 -
-- + V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
A1 A2 I1 I2 I3 A1 A2 I1 I2 I3
AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT AUX SUPPLY VOLTAGE CURRENT
23-39
Single-phase energy meters
TYPE DME M100... DME D100 T1 DME D100 T1 A120 DME D100 T1 MID DME D110 T1 DME D110 T1 A120
Single phase Single phase Single phase Single phase Monofase Monofase
mechanical digital digital MID certified digital digital
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Ue 230VAC 220...240VAC 110...120VAC 230VAC 220...240VAC 110...120VAC
Operating voltage range 184...264VAC 187...264VAC 93...132VAC 187...264VAC 187...264VAC 93...132VAC
Rated frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 50/60Hz 60Hz
Maximum power consumption <7VA 7VA
Maximum power dissipation − 0.45W
CURRENT
IEC maximum current Imax 32A 40A
IEC minimum current Imin − 0.25A
IEC rated current Iref/Ib 5A 5A
IEC start current Ist 20mA 20mA
Transition current Itr − 0.5A
ACCURACY
Active energy (per IEC/EN 62053-21) Class 1 Class 1 Class B (per EN 50470-3) Class 1
OUTPUTS
LED rate 640 flashes/kWh 1000 flashes/kWh
Pulse rate 640 pulses/kWh 1000 pulses/kWh
(Vce=35VImax=20mA)
DME M...T1 only
Pulse duration − 30ms
STATIC OUTPUTS
Pulse rate − 10 pulses/kWh 1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh
programmable
Pulse duration − 100ms
External voltage − 10...30VDC
Maximum current − 50mA
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui − 250VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp − 6kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage − 4kV
SUPPLY/MEASUREMENT CONNECTION CIRCUIT
Type of terminals Fixed Fixed
Conductor section min - max 2.5-6mm2 1.5-10mm2 (16-6 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque 1.2Nm 1.5Nm (14lbin)

PULSE OUTPUT CONNECTION
Conductor section min-max 1-1.5mm2 0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG)
for DME M100 T1
only
Maximum tightening torque 0.6Nm 0.8Nm (7lbin)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Operating temperature -25...+55°C -25...+55°C
Storage temperature -30...+80°C -25...+70°C
Relative humidity − <80%
Maximum pollution degree 2 2
Overvoltage category – III
Mechanical environment − − − Class M1 − −
Magnetic environment − − − Class E1 − −
HOUSING
Material Polyamide Polyamide
23
23-40
Single-phase energy meters
DME D110 T1 MID DME D115 T1 DME D120 T1 DME D120 T1 A120 DME D120 T1 MID DME D121 DME D130
Single phase Single phase Single phase Single phase Single phase Single phase Single phase
MID certified digital digital RS485 MID certified RS485 expandable
230VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC 110...120VAC 230VAC 220...240VAC 220...240VAC

187...264VAC 187...264VAC 187...264VAC 93...132VAC 187...264VAC 187...264VAC 187...264VAC
50Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
7VA 7VA 4.8VA
0.45W 0.45W 1.4W
40A 63A 63A

0.25A 0.5A 0.5A
5A 10A 10A
20mA 40mA 40mA
0.5A 1A 1A
Class B (per EN 50470-3) Class 1 Class B (per EN 50470-3) Class 1
1000 flashes/kWh 1000 flashes/kWh 1000 flashes/kWh

1000 pulses/kWh 1000 pulses/kWh 1000 pulses/kWh
30ms 30ms 30ms
1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh 1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh –

programmable programmable
100ms 100ms –
10...30VDC 10...30VDC –
50mA 50mA –
250VAC 250VAC 250VAC

6kV 6kV 6kV
4kV 4kV 4kV
Fixed Fixed Fixed

1.5-10mm2 (16-6 AWG) 2.5...16mm2 (14...6AWG stranded; 2.5...16mm2 (14...6AWG stranded;
14...10AWG solid) 14...10AWG solid)
1.5Nm (14lbin) 2Nm (26.5lbin) 2Nm (26.5lbin)
Fixed Fixed Fixed

0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG) 0.5-4mm2 (20-11AWG) 0.5-4mm2 (20-11AWG)
0.8Nm (7lbin) 1.3Nm (12.1lbin) 1.3Nm (12.1lbin)
-25...+55°C -25...+55°C -25...+55°C

-25...+70°C -25...+70°C -25...+70°C
<80% <80% <80%
2 2 2
III III III
Class M1 − − − Class M1 − −
Class E1 − − − Class E1 − −
Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide

23
23-41
Three-phase energy meters
TYPE DME D300 T2 DME D300 T2 MID / F DME D310 T2 DME D310 T2 MID / F DME D320
3 phase with neutral 3 phase with neutral 3 phase c/w and 3 phase c/w and 3 phase c/w and
MID certified w/o neutral w/o neutral MID certified w/o neutral
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Ue 220-240VAC phase-neutral 230VAC phase-neutral 220-240VAC phase-neutral 230VAC phase-neutral 100-240VAC
380-415VAC phase-phase 400VAC phase-phase 380-415VAC phase-phase 400VAC phase-phase 110-250VDC
Voltage range 187-264VAC phase-neutral 85-264VAC
323-456VAC phase-phase 93.5-300VDC
Rated frequency 50/60Hz 50Hz 50/60Hz 50Hz 45...66Hz
Maximum power consumption 20VA 2.1VA 4.5VA
Maximum power dissipation 1.35W 0.8W 1.7W
CURRENT
IEC maximum current Imax 63A 5A 5A
IEC minimum current Imin 0.5A 0.05A 0.01A
IEC rated current Iref/Ib 10A 5A ––
IEC start current Ist 40mA 0.01A ––
IEC transition current It 1A 0.25A ––
ACCURACY
Active energy (per IEC/EN 62053-21) Class 1 Class B (EN50470-3) Class 1 Class B (EN50470-3) Class 1
TARIFF CIRCUIT INPUT
Rated voltage Uc 100-240VAC 100-240VAC ––
Voltage range 85-264VAC 85-264VAC ––
Frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz ––
Maximum power consumption 0.25VA 0.25VA ––
Maximum power dissipation 0.18W 0.18W ––
OUTPUTS
LED rate 1000 flashes/kWh 10000 flashes/kWh ––
Pulse rate 1000 pulses/kWh 10000 pulses/kWh ––
Pulse duration 30ms 30ms ––
STATIC OUTPUTS
Pulse rate Programmable 1-10-100-1000 pulses/kWh Programmable 0.1-1-10-100 pulses/kWh ––
Pulse duration 100ms for 1-10-100 pulse rates; 100ms ––
60ms for 1000 pulse rate
External voltage 10-30VDC 10-30VDC ––
Maximum current 50mA ––
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui 250VAC 250VAC 690VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6kV 6kV 9.5kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage 4kV 4kV 5.2kV
SUPPLY/MEASURMENT CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
Conductor section min-max 2.5-16mm2 (16-6 AWG) 0.2-4mm2 (24-12 AWG) for supply/voltage measurement;
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for current measurement
Maximum tightening torque 2Nm (14lbin) 0.8Nm (7lbin)
TARIFF CONTROL CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
Conductor section min-max 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG) 0.2-4mm2 (24-12AWG)
Maximum tightening torque 0.49Nm (4.4lbin) 0.8Nm (7lbin)
PULSE OUTPUT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals Fixed Fixed ––
Conductor section min-max 0.2-1.3mm2 (24-16AWG) 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG) ––
Maximum tightening torque 0.15Nm (1.7lbin) 0.44Nm (4lbin) ––
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
23 Operating temperature -25...+55°C -25...+55°C -20...+60°C
Storage temperature -25...+70°C -25...+70°C -30...+80°C
Relative humidity <80% non condensing <80% non condensing <90%
Maximum pollution degree 2 2 2
Overvoltage capacity III III III
Mechanical environment –– Class M1 –– Class M1 ––
Magnetic environment –– Class E1 –– Class E1 ––
HOUSING
Material Polyamide Polyamide
23-42
Data concentrator
TYPE DME CD DME CD PV1

AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us 100-240VAC/110-250VDC
Operating range 85-264VAC/93.5-300VDC
Rated frequency 50/60Hz
Maximum power consumption 8.8VA
Maximum power dissipation 3.6W
ENERGY METER INPUTS
Number of inputs 8
Input separation 2 for 4 pairs (insulated between each pair 500VRMS)
Type of input Negative (NPN)
Maximum voltage at inputs 15VDC
Maximum input current 18mA (15mA typical)
High input signal 7.6V
Low input signal 2V
Maximum frequency 2000Hz
TARIFF CONTROL CIRCUIT
Rated voltage Uc 100-240VAC/110VDC
Voltage range 85-264VAC/93.5-140VDC
Frequency 50/60Hz
Maximum power consumption 0.25VA
Maximum power dissipation 0.18W
RS485 SERIAL INTERFACE
Baud rate Programmable 1200-38400bps
Insulation 1500VAC towards energy meter inputs. Double insulation towards supply and tariff inputs
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui 250VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6.5kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage 3.6kV
SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals Fixed
Conductor section min-max 0.2-4mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Maximum tightening torque 0.8Nm (7lbin)
TARIFF INPUT CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS
RS485 CONNECTION
ENERGY METER INPUT CONNECTIONS
Conductor section min-max 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Relative humidity <90%
Maximum pollution degree 2
Overvoltage capacity III
HOUSING
Material Polyamide 23
23-43
LCD multimeters and power analyzers
TYPE DMG 200 DMG 210 DMG 300

AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us 100-240VAC /
110-250VDC
Voltage range 85-264VAC /
93.5-300VDC
Frequency range 45-66Hz
Maximum power consumption 3.5VA 4.5VA 4.2VA
Maximum power dissipation 1.2W 1.7W 1.3W
Microbreaking immunity 50ms 50ms 50ms
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Type of input Three phase + neutral
Maximum rated voltage Ue 690VAC phase-phase (400VAC phase-neutral)
Measurement range 20-830VAC phase-phase (10-480VAC phase-neutral)
Method of measurement True RMS
Method of connection Single, two, three phase with or without neutral, balanced three phase systems
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie 5A 5A 1A / 5A
Measurement range 0.01-6A 0.01-6A 0.01-1.2A / 0.01-6A
Method of measurement True RMS
Overload capacity +20% Ie through external CT with 5A secondary
Overload peak 50A for 1s
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui 690VAC
IEC rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 9.5kV
IEC power frequency withstand voltage 5.2kV
SUPPLY CIRCUIT/VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONNECTIONS
Type of terminal Fixed
CURRENT MEASUREMENT CIRCUIT AND RS485 CONNECTIONS
Type of terminal Fixed
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Maximum pollution degree 2
Measurement class III
Overload capacity III
HOUSING
Material Polyamide
RS485 communication port for DMG 210 and DMG 900T only.
For DMG 800 D048, DMG 900 D048 and DMG 900T D048 only.
23
23-44
LCD multimeters and power analyzers
DMG 600 DMG 610 DMG 700 DMG 800 DMG 900 DMG 900 T
100-400VAC 100-440VAC /
120-250VDC 110-250VDC - (12-48VDC)
100-400VAC 90-484VAC /
120-250VDC 93.5-300VDC - (9-70VDC)
45-65Hz 45-66Hz
9.5VA 3.9VA
3.5W 3.4W
50ms 50ms
Three phase + neutral Three phase + neutral

600VACL-L (300VAC L-N) 690VAC L-L (400VAC L-N)
50-720VAC L-L (30-360 L-N) 20-830VAC L-L (10-480VAC L-N)
45-66Hz 45-66Hz 45-66Hz e 360-440Hz
True RMS True RMS
Single, two, three phase c/w or w/o neutral Single, two, three phase with or without neutral, balanced three phase systems
5A 5A 1A/5A 1A/5A
0.01-6A 0.01-6A 0.01-1.2A / 0.01-6A 0.002-1.2A / 0,01-10A
True RMS True RMS
– +20% Ie by external CT with 5A secondary
– 50A for 1s
600VAC 690VAC
9.5kV 9.5kV
5.2kV 5.2kV
Removable / Plug-in
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG)
0.5Nm (4.5lbin)
Fixed Fixed
0.2-1,5mm2 (24-12 AWG) 0.5-4mm2 (26-10 AWG); 0.2-1.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for RS485
0.8Nm (7lbin) 0.8Nm (7lbin)
-20...+60°C
-30...+80°C
<90%
2
III
III
Polyamide
23
23-45
Measuring instruments
TYPE DMK 00 - DMK 00 R1 DMK 01 - DMK 01 R1 DMK 02 DMK 03 - DMK 03 R1 DMK 04 - DMK 04 R1
DMK 80 - DMK 80 R1 DMK 81 - DMK 81 R1 DMK 82 DMK 83 - DMK 83 R1 DMK 84 - DMK 84 R1
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us 24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
Operating voltage range 0.85-1.1 Us
Rated frequency 50-60Hz ±10%
Maximum power consumption 3.3VA (DMK...) 3.3VA 3.3VA (DMK...)
3.6VA (DMK... R1) 3.6VA (DMK... R1)
Maximum power dissipation 1.5W (DMK...) 1.5W 1.5W (DMK...)
1.8W (DMK... R1) 1.8W (DMK... R1)
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Rated voltage Ue 600VAC –– 600VAC –– 600VAC
Operating voltage range 15-660VAC –– 15-660VAC –– ––
Operating voltage range, phase-phase –– –– –– –– 15-660VAC (DMK...)
25-660VAC (DMK... R1)
Rated frequency 50-60Hz ±10% –– 50-60Hz ±10% –– 50-60Hz ±10%
Method of measuring TRMS –– TRMS –– TRMS
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie –– 5A –– 5A
Measuring range –– 0.05-5.75A –– 0.05-5.75A (DMK...)
0.1-5.75A (DMK... R1)
Rated frequency –– 50-60Hz ±10% –– 50-60Hz ±10%
Type of input –– Shunts connected by –– Shunts connected by
external low voltage CT 5A max external low voltage CT
5A max
Type of measuring –– TRMS –– TRMS
Overload capacity –– +20% Ie –– +20% Ie
FREQUENCY INPUTS
Measuring range and type –– –– –– 15-65Hz ±10% TRMS ––
Voltage range –– –– –– 15-660VAC ––
Input rated voltage –– –– –– 600VAC ––
MEASURING ACCURACY
Measurement conditions cos –– –– –– –– ± 1° ±1 digit
(Temperature +23°C ±1°C) voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit –– ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit –– ––
(Relative humidity
45 ±15% R.H.) current –– ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit –– ––
frequency –– –– –– ±1 digit ––
ADDITIONAL ERRORS
Relative humidity ±1 digit 60-90% R.H..
Temperature ±1 digit -20...+60°C
RELAY OUTPUT FOR DMK... R1 TYPES ONLY
Number and tyoe of contact 1 changeover (SPDT)
Rated voltage 250VAC
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 8A 250VAC in AC1 / B300
designation
Electrical life 105
Mechanical life 30x106
INSULATION
Rated insulation voltage Ui 600VAC 415VAC 600VAC
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals Fixed (DMK 8...);
Removable (DMK 0...)
Maximum tightening torque 0.8Nm (7lbin) for DMK 0... / 0.5Nm (4.5lbin for DMK 8...)
23 Conductor section min-max 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 0...
0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 8...
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
HOUSING
Material Thermoplastic (DMK 0...) / Polyamide (DMK 8...)
On specific request.
23-46
Measuring instruments
TYPE DMK 10 - DMK 10 R1 DMK 11 - DMK 11 R1 DMK 15 - DMK 15 R1 DMK 16

DMK 70 - DMK 70 R1 DMK 71 - DMK 71 R1 DMK 75 - DMK 75 R1 DMK 16 R1
AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated voltage Us 24VAC
110-127VAC
220-240VAC
380-415VAC
Operating voltage range 0.85-1.1 Us
Rated frequency 50-60Hz ±10%
Maximum power consumption 3.3VA (DMK...) 3.3VA (DMK...) 3.3VA (DMK...) 3.6VA (DMK...)
3.6VA (DMK... R1) 3.6VA (DMK... R1) 3.6VA (DMK... R1) 3.9VA (DMK... R1)
Maximum power dissipation 1.5W (DMK...) 1.5W (DMK...) 1.5W (DMK...) 1.8W (DMK...)
1.8W (DMK... R1) 1.8W (DMK... R1) 1.8W (DMK... R1) 2.1W (DMK... R1)
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Rated voltage Ue phase-phase 600VAC –– 600VAC 600VAC
phase-neutral 347VAC –– 347VAC 347VAC
Operating voltage range phase-phase 15-660VAC –– 35-660VAC 35-660VAC
phase-neutral 10-382VAC –– 20-382VAC 20-382VAC
Frequency range 50-60Hz ±10% –– 50-60Hz ±10% 50-60Hz ±10%
Method of measuring TRMS –– TRMS TRMS
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie –– 5A 5A 5A
Measuring range –– 0.05-6A 0.05-5.75A 0.05-5.75A
Frequency range –– 50-60Hz ±10% 50-60Hz ±10% 50-60Hz ±10%
Type of input –– Shunts connected by
external low voltage CT 5A max
Type of measuring –– TRMS TRMS TRMS
Overload capacity –– +20% Ie +20% Ie +20% Ie
MEASURING ACCURACY
Measurement conditions
(Temperature +23°C ±1°C) voltage ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit –– ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit ±0.25% f.s. ±1 digit
(Relative humidity current –– ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit ±0.5% f.s. ±1 digit
45 ±15% R.H.)
power –– –– 1% f.s. ±1 digit 1% f.s. ±1 digit
energy –– –– –– Classe 2
frequency –– –– ±1 digit ±1 digit
RELAY OUTPUT FOR DMK... R1 TYPES ONLY
Number and type of contact 1 changeover (SPDT) 1 changeover (SPDT) 1 changeover (SPDT) 1 changeover (SPDT)
Rated voltage 250VAC 250VAC 250VAC 250VAC
UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation AC1 8A 250VAC / B300 AC1 8A 250VAC / B300 AC1 8A 250VAC / B300 AC1 8A 250VAC / B300
Electrical life 105 105 105 105
Mechanical life 30x106 30x106 30x106 30x106
INSULATION
Rated insulation voltage Ui 600VAC 415VAC 600VAC 600VAC
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals Removable (DMK 1...); Fixed (DMK 7...)
Maximum tightening torque 0.5Nm (4.5lbin) for DMK 0...; 0.8Nm (7lbin) for DMK 7...
Conductor section min-max 0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 0...
0.2-4.0mm2 (24-12 AWG) for DMK 7...
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
HOUSING
Material Polyamide (DMK 7...) / Thermoplastic (DMK 1...)
On specific request.
One N/O (SPST) contact for DMK 75 R1.
23
23-47
Multimeters
TYPE DMK 20 - DMK 21 - DMK 22 DMK 25

AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Rated supply voltage Us 208-240VAC 12-24VDC from battery
Operating voltage range 154-288VAC for DMK 20 9-32VDC
177-264VAC for DMK 21 - DMK 22
Frequency 45...65Hz —
Maximum power consumption 5.5VA (Us=240V) for DMK 20 - DMK 21 1.1W maximum
6VA (Us=240) for DMK 22
Maximum power dissipation 2.5W (Us=240V) for DMK 20 - DMK 21 1.1W maximum
2.8W (Us=240) for DMK 22
Immunity time of microbreakings 20ms 500ms
VOLTAGE INPUTS
Maximum rated voltage Ue 690VAC phase-phase
(400VAC phase-neutral)
Operating voltage range 60-830V phase-phase
(30-480VAC phase-neutral)
Method of measuring True RMS value
Measuring input impedance >1.1M phase-phase and >570k phase-neutral
Method of connections Single phase, two-phase, three-phase
or balanced three-phase system
Measuring error ±0.25% full scale ±1digit (Class 0.5)
CURRENT INPUTS
Rated current Ie Standard 5A (1A on request)
Measuring range 0.05...6A
Method of measuring True RMS value
Overload capacity +20% Ie by external CT with 5A secondary
Overload peak 50A for 1s
Dynamic peak 125A for 10ms
Power consumption <0.6W per phase
Measuring error Class 0.5 ±0.25% f.s. ±1digit
MEASURING ACCURACY
Measurement conditions voltage Class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V)
(Temperature +23°C ±1°C current Class 0.5 ±0.5% f.s. (6A)
Humidity 45 ±15% R.H.)
active energy Class 2
frequency ––
harmonic distorsion ––
OUTPUTS
Relay —
Static —
INSULATION
IEC rated insulation voltage Ui 690V
CONNECTIONS
Type of terminals Removable
Maximum tightening torque 0.5Nm (4.5lbin)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
MAximum pollution degree 2
HOUSING
Material Self-extinguishing black plastic
23 For DMK 32D 048 only.
23-48
Multimeters
DMK 30 - DMK 31 - DMK 32 DMK 40 DMK 50 - DMK 51 - DMK 52 DMK 60 - DMK 61 - DMK 62
24-48VDC/100-240VAC/110-250VDC 208-240VAC 100-240VAC/110-250VDC

18-70VDC 154-288VAC for DMK 50 85-265VAC/93.5-300VDC
85-265VAC/93.5-300VDC 177-264VAC for DMK 51 - DMK 52
45-450Hz 45-65Hz 45-450Hz
10VA/4W 5.5VA (Us=240V) for DMK 50 - DMK 51 10VA/4W
6VA (Us=240) for DMK 52
3W (DMK 30) 4W 2.5W (Us=240V) for DMK 50 - DMK 51 3W for DMK 60
4W (DMK 31 - DMK 32) 2.8W (Us=240) for DMK 52 4W for DMK 61 - DMK 62
20ms
690VAC phase-phase (400VAC phase-neutral)
20-830V phase-phase 60-830V phase-phase 20-830V phase-phase

(10-480VAC phase-neutral) (30-480VAC phase-neutral) (10-480VAC phase-neutral)
45...65Hz
True RMS value
>1.1M phase-phase and >570k phase-neutral
Single phase, two-phase, three-phase Single phase, two-phase, three-phase Single phase, two-phase, three-phase
systems with or without neutral or balanced three-phase system systems with or without neutral
Class 0.5 ±0.25% full scale ±1digit
standard 5A (1A on request)

0.02-6A 0.05-6A 0.02-6A
True RMS value
+20% Ie by external CT with 5A secondary
50A for 1s
125A for 10ms
<0.3VA <0.6W per phase <0.3VA
Class 0.5 ±0.25% full scale ±1digit
0.25% f.s. (830V) Class 0.5 ±0.35% f.s. (830V) 0.25% f.s. (830V)
0.35% f.s. (6A) Class 0.5 ±0.5% f.s. (6A) 0.35% f.s. (6A)
Class 1 Class 2 Class 1
±1 digit –– ±1 digit
±1 digit –– ±1 digit
5A - 250VAC in AC1 for DMK 31 - DMK 32 — — 5A - 250VAC in AC1 for DMK 61 - DMK 62
55mA - 60VAC/DC in AC1 — — 55mA - 60VAC/DC in AC1
for DMK 31 - DMK 32 for DMK 61 - DMK 62
690V
Removable Fixed
0.5Nm (4.5lbin) 0.45Nm (4lbin)
0.2-2.5mm2 (24-12AWG) 0.2-1.5mm2 (24-16 AWG)
-20...+60°C
-30...+80°C
<90%
2
Self-extinguishing black plastic Self-extinguishing grey plastic

23
23-49
Page 20-4 Page 20-4
MICRO PLCs EXPANSION AND COMMUNICATION MODULES

• 10 Inputs/Outputs (LRD10...) • 8 digital inputs/outputs
• 12 Inputs/Outputs (LRD12...) • 24VDC, 24VAC or 100-240VAC power supply
• 20 Inputs/Outputs (LRD20...) • Analog inputs, 0...10V or 0...20mA
• 12VDC, 24VDC, 24VAC or 100-240VAC • Analog outputs, 0...10V or 0...20mA
power supply • Relay or transistor outputs
• Relay or transistor outputs. • PT100 temperature sensor inputs
• Modbus®-RTU protocol slave communication
unit.
Page 20-5 Page 20-5
ACCESSORIES STARTER KITS

• Program backup memory • Complete kit to begin using micro PLCs
• Programming and supervision software • Each equipped with LRD relay,
• Power supply unit programming-supervision software and
• HMI operator panel with graphic LCD. USB connecting cable.
Micro PLCs 20
10, 12 and 20 Input-Output base

units
Expansion modules with 4 digital
Inputs and 4 digital Outputs
Expansion modules with analog
Inputs-Outputs
Modbus-RTU communication
module
RS232/USB serial interface port for
PC, HMI operator panel or program
backup memory connection
On-board programming languages:
Italian, English, Spanish, French,
German, Portuguese and Chinese
PC programming languages:
Italian, English and Spanish.
SEC. - PAGE
Micro PLCs
Base modules .................................................................................................................................................................. 20 - 4
Expansion and communication modules.......................................................................................................................... 20 - 4
Accessories ................................................................................................................. 20 - 5
Starter kits .................................................................................................................. 20 - 5
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 20 - 6
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 20 - 6
C ONTROL
AND
A UTOMATION
Micro PLCs
MICRO PLC - EXCEPTIONAL PERFORMANCE!

SYSTEM CONTROL AND SUPERVISION
- Contact status viewing in simple and small screen display
- Faculty to add the micro PLC to systems integrated on data
networks. By using supervision software, a
multiclient structure can also be managed through Web
interface.
QUICK CONTROL BOARD INSTALLATION

- Fewer number of components
- Less wiring with minor number of connections.
REPETITIVENESS
- Less errors during panel building
- Considerable time saving.
FLEXIBILITY
- Quick correction of abnormal conditions at final testing
- Fast changes on control boards.
FUNCTION BLOCKS AND MEMORY PROGRAM SIZE

Timer (T) 31 Language
(delay on/off, recycle, pulsing, ...) LADDER (contact scheme) 300 lines
Real Time Clock (RTC) 31 FBD (function blocks) 260 blocks
(daily, weekly, monthly and yearly mode)
Counter (C) 31
Analog comparator (G) 31
User’s pages (H) - 16 characters - 4 lines 31
Auxiliary relay - Scratchpad (M + N memory types) 63 + 63
Data register (DR) 240
Saving can be in memory storage of:
- Auxiliary relay
- Counter value
- Data register.
FUNCTIONS
PWM OUTPUT MULTIPLEXER

Pulse train generation with
A
programmable pulse time and
20 frequency
B
C
B
D
Selection of 1 of 4 values based
on the combination of two digital signals
HIGH SPEED INPUT SHIFT FUNCTION - activation of pulsed outputs in sequence

Out 1
2
3
Position and speed
detection 4
PID BOOLEAN LOGIC BLOCKS

IN: Heating switch on and required
Output activation based on
temperature setting
a series of digital signals In 1 In 2 In 3 In 4 Out
OUT: Current room temperature
INc: Measured room temperature in an
exact spot
OUTc: Temperature adjusting and
controlling. ... ... ... ...
20-2
Micro PLCs
OPERATOR PANEL LRX P01
HMI INTERFACE
LRX P01 is an HMI operator panel, used with many types of PLCs or
other intelligent controllers equipped with communication port.
By using the HMI, the values of both PLC inner registers and relay status
can be monitored and changed with the keys or LEDs.
In this way, machinery and equipment functioning results to be simple
and direct.
The LRX SW P01 editor software permits to make dedicated screens by
taking advantage of the graphic display to view bitmaps, bar graphs and
trend lines.
BACKLIGHT 192x64 PIXEL GRAPGIC LCD
Read numerical Static Dynamic

values text text Read status (bits) Commands
Images Display bar graphs and trend lines Write numerical values
COMMUNICATION MODES
LRX P01 supports Modbus-RTU protocol and different communication modes

can be chosen, such as RS232 and RS485.
Micro PLCs Micro PLCs Power Generating set controllers

analyzers
RS232 20
RS485
Soft starters Motor drives Power factor Transfer switch

controllers controllers
20-3
Micro PLCs
Base modules Order Auxiliary In/Out Qty Wt General characteristics

code supply per FUNCTIONS
voltage pkg – Addition-Subtraction on variables
n° [kg] – Multiplication-Division on variables
– Comparator on variables
Base modules. – HMI display for parameter viewing and programming
LRD12R D024 24VDC 8/4 relay 1 0.241 – PWM output
LRD12T D024 24VDC 8/4 transistor 1 0.220 – High speed input (1kHz)
– PID function
LRD20R D024 24VDC 12/8 relay 1 0.360 – Multiplexer
LRD20R D024 P1 24VDC 12/8 relay 1 0.360 – Analog ramp
LRD12R A024 24VAC 8/4 relay 1 0.250 – Register transfer (numerical variables and status)
LRD10... – Shift function
LRD20R A024 24VAC 12/8 relay 1 0.368 – Boolean logic blocks
LRD12...
LRD10R A240 100-240VAC 6/4 relay 1 0.242 – LRD20R D024 P1 with RS485 port onboard.
LRD20R A240 100-240VAC 12/8 relay 1 0.367
LRD20R D012 12VDC 12/8 relay 1 0.252 – 8A Ith current relay outputs for AC and DC versions
Inputs/Outputs. – 0.3A 24VDC transistor outputs for DC version
With RS485 onboard. – 0-10V analog inputs for DC version
– Version: modular for mounting on 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715) or M4x15mm screw fixing
– Type of terminal: Screw

LRD20R D024 P1 (cULus - File E300049), as Programmable Controllers.
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61131-2, UL508, CSA
C22.2 n°142.
Expansion and Order Auxiliary In/Out Qty Wt
communication modules code supply per
voltage pkg
n° [kg]
Expansion and communication modules.
LRE02A D024 24VDC 2 analog outputs 1 0.160
0...10V/0...20mA
LRE04A D024 24VDC 4 analog outputs 1 0.160
0...10V/0...20mA
LRE04P D024 24VDC 4 PT100 temp. 1 0.160
sensor inputs
LRE08R D024 24VDC 4/4relay 1 0.171
LRE08T D024 24VDC 4/4 transistor 1 0.151
LRE... LRE08R A024 24VAC 4/4 relay 1 0.180
LRE08R A240 100-240VAC 4/4 relay 1 0.180
LRE P00 Modbus-RTU protocol 1 0.134
communication unit
Inputs/Outputs.
The expansion modules are supplied with connector for base module.
INPUTS/OUTPUTS REFERENCE TABLE

BASE MODULES BASE +
DIGITAL EXPANSIONS
20 Type Power supply Inputs Outputs Max I/O
LRD12RD012 12VDC 8 digital + 4 digital/analog 8 relay 20 + 24
LRD12TD024 24VDC 6 digital + 2 digital/analog 4 transistor 12 + 24
LRD20RD024P1 24VDC 8 digital + 4 digital/analog 8 relay 20 + 24
LRD10RA240 100-240VAC 6 digital 4 relay 10 + 24
LRD20RA240 100-240VAC 12 digital 8 relay 20 + 24
LRD12RA024 24VAC 8 digital 4 relay 12 + 24
LRD20RA024 24VAC 12 digital 8 relay 20 + 24
EXPANSION AND COMMUNICATION MODULES
LRE02AD024 24VDC –– 2 analog ––
LRE04AD024 24VDC 4 analog –– ––
LRE04PD024 24VDC 4 PT100 –– ––
LRE08RD024 24VDC 4 digital 4 relay ––
LRE08TD024 24VDC 4 digital 4 transistor ––
LRE08RA240 100-240VAC 4 digital 4 relay ––
LRE08RA024 24VAC 4 digital 4 relay ––
LREP00 24VDC RS485 Modbus-RTU protocol slave communication unit
Expansion modules supplied at 24VDC.

20-4 page 20-6 page 20-6 page 20-7
Micro PLCs
Accessories Order Description Qty Wt Power supply unit and backup memory caracteristics
code per – The LRX 1V3 D024 power supply produces a
pkg direct-current voltage to power the base and
n° [kg] expansion modules in circumstances when 24VDC is
not available in the application. The power supply can
Accessories. also be used to power eventual 24VDC auxiliary
LRX M00 Program backup 1 0.011 circuits.
memory – The LRX M00 backup memory allows to save the
LRX C00 PC (RS232)-LRD 1 0.083 user’s program and to simply and quickly transfer it
connecting cable, to the base modules.
1.5m/5ft long
LRX P01 panel general characteristics
LRX C03 PC (USB)-LRD 1 0.080 – 24VDC power supply
LRX 1V3 D024 connecting cable, – RS232 communication port:
1.5/5ft long • Direct connection to using LRX C00
LRX SW Programming and 1 0.057 • Connection to other devices using a standard
supervision software D-SUB 9 serial cable
(CD-ROM) – RS485 communication port
LRX 1V3 D024 Power supply unit, 1 0.220 – LRX SW P01 editor software for specific pages and
LRX C00 easy use.
100-240VAC/24VDC, 1.3A
FUNCTIONS
LRX D00 User’s manual Italian 1 0.400 – Send commands
edition (paper) – Read status
LRX D01 User’s manual English 1 0.400 – Provide static and dynamic texts
edition (paper) – Write variables
LRX D02 User’s manual Spanish 1 0.400 – Read variables:
edition (paper) • Numerical value
• Bar graph
LRX D03 User’s manual French 1 0.400 • Trend line.
LRX P01 edition (paper)
LRX P01 HMI operator panel, 1 0.200 Programming
24VDC, RS232, RS485 At any time and with extreme simplicity, can be
(Modbus®-RTU Master) set up and reprogrammed to satisfy new requirements
LRX C02 PC-LRX P01 connecting 1 0.180 and improve the operation of a system.
cable Programming is simple and intuitive and can be done
directly on the base module keypad or by personal
LRX SW P01 LRX P01 editor software 1 0.057 computer, connected by LRX C00 (RS232) or LRX C03
(CD-ROM) (USB) interface and using the relative LRX SW software.
With a personal computer, two programming language
locs can be used: FBD (Function Block Diagrams) and
LADDER (contact scheme).
LRX C02
Both of the following can be accomplieshed:
– Simulate the program directly “off-line” on a personal
computer to test if it runs correctly.
Starter kits Starter kits. – Use the supervision mode to check the project
LRDKIT 12R D024 LRD starter kit complete 1 0.424 “on-line”.
with LRD12R D024 base There are 8 function keys on front, dedicated to on-
module, LRX SW software board adjustment, control and supervision of digital
and LRX C03 cable input and output status, analog input values, time and
date entry and the operation status of the itself.
LRDKIT 12R A024 LRD starter kit complete 1 0.424
with LRD12R A024 base
module, LRX SW software
and LRX C03 cable
(cULus - File E300049), as Programmable Controllers for
LRDKIT 10R A240 LRD starter kit complete 1 0.424 power supply and HMI units anbd base module of kits.
with LRD10R A240 base Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 61131-2, UL508,
module, LRX SW software CSA C22.2 n°142.
and LRX C03 cable
Maximum combinations
20
+ - I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 A1 A2 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4 In pu t X1 X2 X3 X4
4x AC 4x AC 4x AC 4x AC 4x AC 4x AC 4x AC 4x AC
L N AC 100~2 40V L N AC 100~2 40V L N AC 100~2 40V L N AC 100~2 40V L N AC 100~2 40V L N AC 100~2 40V L N AC 100~2 40V L N AC 100~2 40V
Run Run Run Run Run Run Run Run
Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A Ou tput 4 x Re lay / 8A
Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Y3 Y4 Y3 Y4 Y3 Y4 Y3 Y4 Y3 Y4 Y3 Y4 Y3 Y4 Y3 Y4
Base unit 4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs 4 PT100 2 outputs, 2 outputs, 4 inputs, RS485
12 inputs + + + temperature 0-10V or 0-10V or 0-10V or Modbus-RTU
+ 4 outputs 4 outputs 4 outputs sensor inputs 0-20mA 0-20mA 0-20mA
8 outputs
• 24 digital inputs (4 configurable as analog 0-10V input) • 4 analog outputs configurable as 0-10V or 0/4-20mA
• 20 digital outputs (relay, transistor or mixed) • 4 analog inputs configurable as 0-10V or 0/4-20mA
• 4 analog inputs for PT100 temperature sensors • 1 RS485 slave communication module.
N.B. The sequence of the products given above must be respected for correct operation.

page 20-6 page 20-6 page 20-7 20-5
Micro PLCs
BASE MODULES
LRD10... - LRD12... LRD20... LRE... expansion/communication module
5 54.6 (2.15”) 5 54.6 (2.15”) 38 5 54.3 (2.14”)
72 (2.83”) (0.20”) 44.3 (1.74”) 126 (4.96”) (0.20”) 44.3 (1.74”) 8 (1.50”) (0.20”) 44.3 (1.74”)
(0.31”)
106 (4.17”)
106 (4.17”)
106 (4.17”)
98 (3.86”)
90 (3.54”)
45 (1.77”)
68 (2.68”)
45 (1.77”)
98 (3.86”)
68 (2.68”)
90 (3.54”)
98 (3.86”)
45 (1.77”)
90 (3.54”)
68 (2.68”)
Ø4.5 Ø4.5 Ø4.5
(0.18”) 80 (3.15”) (0.18”)
(0.18”)
LRX1V3 D024 power supply unit LRX P01 HMI operator panel Cutout
72 (2.83”) 5 52.3 (2.06”) 179.5 (7.07”) 165 (6.50”)
60 (2.36”) (0.20”) 44.3 (1.74”)
85.5 (3.37”)
101.5(4.00”)
87 (3.42”)
97.9 (3.85”)
106 (4.17”)
45 (1.77”)
68 (2.68”)
90 (3.54”)
5.5
(0.22”)
163.5 (6.44”)
Ø4.5 33
(0.18”) (1.30”)
Wiring diagrams
BASE MODULES
LRD12R D024 LRD12T D024 LRD12R A024 LRD10R A240
24VDC DIGITAL 24VDC DIGITAL
24VDC 24VDC 0...10VDC ANALOG 24VDC 24VDC 0...10VDC ANALOG 24VAC 24VAC 100...240VAC 100...240VAC
+ – I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 A1 A2 + – I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 A1 A2 L N I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 L N I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6
DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL/ANALOG DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL/ANALOG DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT
INPUT INPUT
RELAY OUTPUT RELAY OUTPUT RELAY OUTPUT
TRANSISTOR OUTPUT
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
+ – + – + – + –
24VDC
LRD20R D012 - LRD20R D024 LRD20R D024 P1

24VDC DIGITAL 24VDC DIGITAL
24VDC 24VDC 0...10VDC ANALOG 24VDC 24VDC 0...10VDC ANALOG RS485
+ – I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 A1 A2 A3 A4 + – I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 A1 A2 A3 A4 A B
DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL/ANALOG DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL/ANALOG
INPUT INPUT
RELAY OUTPUT RELAY OUTPUT
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8
12VDC for LRD20R D012.
LRD20R A024 LRD20R A240

24VAC 24VAC 100...240VAC 100...240VAC
L N I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 IA IB IC L N I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 IA IB IC
DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT
20 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8
Expansion and communication modules

LRE02A D024 LRE04A D024 LRE04P D024 LRE08R D024
24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC
+ – + – + – + – X1 X2 X3 X4
DIGITAL INPUT
RELAY OUTPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT PT100 TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
C1 V1 I1 C2 V2 I2 C1 V1 I1 C2 V2 I2 C3 V3 I3 C4 V4 I4 A1 B1 b1 A2 B2 b2 A3 B3 b3 A4 B4 b4
Accessories
LRE08T D024 LRE08R A024 LRE08R A240 LRX 1V3 D024 LRE P00 - LRX P01
24VDC 24VDC 24VAC 24VAC 100...240VAC 100...240VAC 100...240VAC 24VDC
+ – X1 X2 X3 X4 L N X1 X2 X3 X4 L N X1 X2 X3 X4 L N + –
DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT

TRANSISTOR OUTPUT
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 OUTPUT OUTPUT
+ – + – + – + – + + – – A B S
24VDC 24VDC - 1.3A RS485
20-6
Micro PLCs
BASE MODULE TYPE LRD... D012 LRD... D024 LRD... A024 LRD... A240
POWER SUPPLY
IEC rated voltage Ue (frequency range) 12VDC 24VDC 24VAC (50-60Hz) 100-240VAC (50-60Hz)
Operating limits 10.4-14.4VDC 20.4-28.8VDC 20.4-28.8VAC (47-63Hz) 85-265VAC (47-63Hz)
Average current consumption 265mA 125mA (LRD12...) 290mA 100mA
185mA (LRD20...)
DIGITAL INPUTS
Rated voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VAC (50-60Hz) 100-240VAC (50-60Hz)
Input voltage State 0 < 2.5VDC < 5VDC < 6VAC < 40VAC
State 1 > 7.5VDC > 15VDC > 14VAC > 79VAC
Delay time 0 to 1 4ms 4ms 90ms 50/45ms (Ue=120VAC) -
(0.5ms for high speed) (0.5ms for high speed) 22/18ms (Ue=240VAC)
1 to 0 4ms 4ms 90ms 50/45ms (Ue=120VAC) -
(0.3ms for high speed) (0.3ms for high speed) 90/85ms (Ue=240VAC)
ANALOG INPUTS FOR DC VERSIONS ONLY
Input signal range 0-10V –– ––
Display resolution 0.01V –– ––
Conversion 12bit –– ––
Current cunsumption at 10VDC < 0.17mA –– ––
Input impedance < 1kΩ –– ––
Admissible overload 14VDC 28VDC –– ––
Sampling time 5-20ms (LADDER); 2-10ms (FBD)
Maximum cable length ≤ 30m/98ft of screened type –– ––
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Type of output / IEC rated current Ith Relay / 8A (LDR...R... / LRE08R... only)
Transistor / 0.3A 24VDC (LRD...T... / LRE08T... only)
Applied voltage 12-240VAC / 12-30VDC (LDR...R... / LRE08R... only)
10-28.8VDC (LRD...T... / LRE08T... only)
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Relative humidity 20-90% without condensation
HOUSING
Version Modular for mounting on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or M4x15mm screw fixing
Connections Type of terminal Screw
Conductor section 0.14-2.5mm2 / 26-14AWG
Tightening torque 0.6Nm / 0.4lbft
Maximum cable length ≤ 100m/328ft
IEC degree of protection IP20
EXPANSION MODULE TYPE LRE02A D024 LRE04P D024

POWER SUPPLY
IEC rated voltage Ue 24VDC 24VDC 20
Operating limits 20.4-28.8VDC 20.4-28.8VDC
ANALOGIC INPUTS/OUTPUTS
Type of channels 2 outputs configurable 4 inputs for
for voltage or current PT100 temperature sensors
Operating limits 0-10V 0-20mA -100...+600°C
Digital output 0.00-10.00V 0.00-20.00mA -100.0...+600.0°C
Resolution 10mV 40μA 0.1°C
Accuracy ±2.5% ±1%
Power consumption 70mA 70mA
20-7
Page 1-2 Page 1-2
SM1A SM1B
• Thermal trip adjustment ranges 9-32A • Thermal trip adjustment ranges 0.1-32A
(5 choices) (15 choices)
• IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V: • IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 50kA – 100kA (ranges 0.1-10A)
• Suitable for mounting in consumer – 25kA (ranges 9-32A)
switchboards, minimum 58mm/2.3in deep. • Suitable for mounting in consumer
switchboards, minimum 58mm/2.3in deep.
Page 1-2 Page 1-3
SM1C SM2A
• Same characteristics per SM1B breaker • Thermal trip adjustment ranges 28-50A
• Suitable for mounting in consumer (3 choices)
switchboards, minimum 45mm/1.8in deep. • IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 50kA.
Page 1-3 Page 1-10
SM3A LMS25
• Thermal trip adjustment ranges 45-100A • Thermal trip adjustment ranges 0.1-25A
(4 choices) (13 choices)
• IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V: • IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V:
– 50kA. – 100kA (ranges 0.1-6.3A)
– 6kA (ranges 6.3-10A)
– 4kA (ranges 10-25A)
• Suitable for mounting in consumer
switchboards, minimum 45mm/1.8in deep.
MOTOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1
Wide adjustment range

0.1 to 100A
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA
(400V) up to 100A
Suitable for isolation
Comprehensive line of accessories
Front mount contacts
Automatic trip indicators
High reliability and accuracy of
tripping.
SEC. - PAGE
Motor protection circuit breakers
Breakers SM1A, SM1B and SM1C ...................................................................................................................................... 1 - 2
Breakers SM2A and SM3A ................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 3
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM1A, SM1B and SM1C ............................................................................................... 1 - 4
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM2A and SM3A .......................................................................................................... 1 - 8
Starters LMS25 ................................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 10
Add-on blocks and accessories for LMS25 ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 11
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 1 - 12
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 1 - 15
P ROTECTION
Short-circuit tripping indicator, standard supplied

on all circuit breakers, type SM1.
Reset the indicator, as illustrated, to restore the
breaker.
AND
M OTOR C ONTROL
With thermal and magnetic trip releases
Motor protection circuit Order Thermal Short circuit Qty Wt General characteristics
1 breakers SM1 up to 32A code trip breaking per The SM1 is a modern series of circuit breakers with
adjustment capacity pkg thermal and magnetic trip releases and high breaking
range at 400V capacity. Motor control and protection, up to 15kW at
Icu Ics 400V/20HP 480V/30HP 600V, are possible by choosing
[A] [kA] [kA] n° [kg] the suitable adjustment range, 0.1 to 32A.
A magnetic trip indicator integrated on the SM1 breakers
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA at 400V. avoids dangerous closing operations during short-circuit
11 SM1A 40 9-14 50 25 5 0.352 conditions, previously disconnected by the breaker.
11 SM1A 44 13-18 50 25 5 0.352 The SM1 types are suitable for isolation according to
11 SM1A 48 17-23 50 25 5 0.352 IEC/EN 60947 standards.
Their high breaking capacity consents to exclude
11 SM1A 52 20-25 50 25 5 0.352 protection fuses on the majority of the installations.
11 SM1A 56 24-32 50 25 5 0.352
IEC breaking capacity Icu 100kA (0.1-10A) / 25kA (9-32A) at 400V. Operational characteristics
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V
11 SM1B 00 0.1-0.16 100 100 5 0.278
– IEC rated impulse withstand voltage: 6kV
11 SM1B 04 0.16-0.25 100 100 5 0.278 – IEC rated frequency: 50/60Hz
11 SM1A...
11 SM1B 08 0.25-0.4 100 100 5 0.278 – Maximum rated current: 32A
11 SM1B 12 0.4-0.63 100 100 5 0.278 – Number of adjustment ranges:
SM1A: 5 (9 to 32A)
11 SM1B 16 0.63-1 100 100 5 0.278
SM1B: 15 (0.1 to 32A)
11 SM1B 20 1-1.6 100 100 5 0.278 SM1C: 15 (0.1 to 32A)
11 SM1B 24 1.6-2.5 100 100 5 0.352 – IEC breaking capacity: see page 1-17
11 SM1B 28 2.5-4 100 100 5 0.352 – Power dissipation: 2.2-9.7W
– Magnetic tripping: 12In max
11 SM1B 32 4-6.5 100 100 5 0.352 – IEC thermal tripping class: 10A
11 SM1B 36 6.3-10 100 100 5 0.352 – Phase failure / Single phase sensitive
11 SM1B 40 9-14 25 12.5 5 0.352 – Mechanical life: 100,000 cycles
11 SM1B 44 13-18 25 12.5 5 0.352 – Electrical life: 100,000 cycles
– Mounting on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
11 SM1B 48 17-23 25 12.5 5 0.352 – Mounting position: Any
11 SM1B 52 20-25 25 12.5 5 0.352 – IEC utilisation category: A
11 SM1B... – IEC degree of protection: IP20.
11 SM1B 56 24-32 25 12.5 5 0.352
IEC breaking capacity Icu100kA (0.1-10A) / 25kA (9-32A) at 400V.
Suitable for mounting in modular consumer switchboards .
Certifications obtained: EAC; and UL Listed, for USA and
11 SM1C 00 0.1-0.16 100 100 5 0.278 Canada (cULus - File E93602); CCC for some SM1B types
11 SM1C 04 0.16-0.25 100 100 5 0.278 only (consult Customer Service for details; see contact
11 SM1C 08 0.25-0.4 100 100 5 0.278 details on inside front cover).
See UL/CSA details under NOTE on the bottom left side.
11 SM1C 12 0.4-0.63 100 100 5 0.278
11 SM1C 16 0.63-1 100 100 5 0.278 IEC/EN 60947-2, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL508,
11 SM1C 20 1-1.6 100 100 5 0.352 CSA C22.2 n° 14.
11 SM1C 24 1.6-2.5 100 100 5 0.352 2.3Nm/20lbin
max
11 SM1C 28 2.5-4 100 100 5 0.352
1Nm/9lbin
11 SM1C 32 4-6.5 100 100 5 0.352 max
11 SM1C...
11 SM1C 36 6.3-10 100 100 5 0.352 ®
ov
ato
11 SM1C 40 9-14 25 12.5 5 0.352 TES

T
T
11 SM1C 44 13-18 25 12.5 5 0.352 1Nm/9lbin
L Lo
va
to
TES max
11 SM1C 48 17-23 25 12.5 5 0.352
11 SM1C 52 20-25 25 12.5 5 0.352
NOTE: When more than one breaker are mounted, side by side, without
11 SM1C 56 24-32 25 12.5 5 0.352 leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the
breaker sides, and have simultaneous operation, the thermal trip
The SM1C version permits mounting in enclosures and modular adjuster must be positioned at a value 15% higher than the rated motor
consumer switchboards with minimum depth of at least 45mm between
the DIN rail and the opening. See page 1-12 for exact breaker dimensions. current.
No front-mount auxiliary contacts 11 SMX11... can be used.
Maximum UL/CSA horsepower rating

Thermal General use
Type 1 Phase [HP] 3 Phase [HP]
adjustment range at 600V (FLA)
[A] 120V 230V 200-208V 230V 480V 600V [A]
SM1…00 0.1-0.16 –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.16
SM1…04 0.16-0.25 –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.25
SM1…08 0.25-0.4 –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.4
SM1…12 0.4-0.63 –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.63
1 1
SM1…16 0.63-1 –– –– –– –– /2 /2 1
1 3
SM1…20 1-1.6 –– /10 –– –– /4 1 1.6
NOTE: SM1…24 1.6-2.5 –– 1
/6 1
/2 1
/2 1 11/2 2.5
All data mentioned is valid for 11SM1A, 11SM1B
and 11SM1C types; UL Listed in USA and Canada 1 1 3 3
SM1…28 2.5-4 /8 /3 /4 /4 2 3 4
as “manual motor controller suitable as motor
1 1
disconnect”, delivering not more than 5000rms SM1…32 4-6.5 /4 /2 11/2 11/2 3 5 6.5
symmetrical amperes, 600VAC, and use with class J 1
fuses only. Trip current is 120%. SM1…36 6.3-10 /2 11/2 2 3 5 71/2 10
3
The appropriate thermal trip range of the
SM1…40 9-14 /4 2 3 3 10 10 14
controller should be selected on the basis of the SM1…44 13-18 1 3 5 5 10 15 18
motor nameplate full-load current since the
horsepower ratings given are for indication and SM1…48 17-23 11/2 3 5 71/2 15 20 23
reference purposes only.
Single-phase horsepower ratings are based on SM1…52 20-25 2 3 5 71/2 15 20 25
wiring the three poles in series; see wiring
scheme on page 1-15. SM1…56 24-32 2 5 10 10 20 30 32
Add-on blocks/Accessories Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

1-2 pages 1-4 to 7 pages 1-12 and 13 pages 1-15 and 16 pages 1-16 and 17
With thermal and magnetic trip releases
Motor protection circuit Order Thermal Short circuit Qty Wt General characteristics
breakers SM2A - SM3A code trip breaking per The SM2A and SM3A types are circuit breakers with a 1
adjustment capacity (IEC) pkg wide adjustment range, 28 to 100A, in only two frame
up to 100A range at 400V sizes enabling motor control and protection up to 45kW
Icu Ics at 400V/75HP 480V/100HP 600V.
[A] [kA] [kA] n° [kg] A magnetic trip indicator and padlockable operating
handle are integrated on the SM2A and SM3A breakers.
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA at 400V. Both are suitable for isolation according to IEC/EN 60947
11 SM2A 68 28-40 50 25 1 1.040 standards.
11 SM2A 72 36-45 50 25 1 1.040 Their high breaking capacity consents to exclude
protection fuses on the majority of the installations.
11 SM2A 76 40-50 50 25 1 1.040
IEC breaking capacity Icu 50kA at 400V. Operational characteristics
11 SM3A 84 45-63 50 25 1 2.266 – IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V
– IEC rated impulse withstand voltage: 6kV
11 SM3A 88 57-75 50 25 1 2.266 – IEC rated frequency: 50/60Hz
11 SM3A 92 70-90 50 25 1 2.266 – Maximum rated current: 50A (SM2A) and 100A (SM3A)
11 SM3A 96 80-100 50 25 1 2.266 – Number of adjustment ranges:
SM2A: 3 (28 to 50A)
SM3A: 4 (45 to 100A)
– IEC breaking capacity: See table on page 1-17
– Power dissipation:
SM2A: 7.1-20W
SM3A: 10-38W
11 SM2A... – Magnetic tripping: 13In max
– IEC thermal tripping class: 10
– Phase failure / Single phase sensitive
– Life (cycles): Mechanical Electrical (Ie AC3)
SM2A 50,000 25,000
SM3A 50,000 25,000
– Mounting:
SM2A - Screw fixing or on 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715)
SM3A - Screw fixing or on DIN rail 35mm
(IEC/EN 60715) or 75mm (IEC/EN 60715)
– Mounting position: Any
– IEC utilisation category: A

Canada (cULus - File E155982); CSA certified (File 73212).
See UL/CSA details under NOTE below bottom table.
IEC/EN 60947-2, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
11 SM3A...
leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the
adjuster must be positioned at a value 15% greater than the rated
motor current.

Thermal 1 Phase [HP] FLA Max
Type 3 Phase [HP]
adjustment range (not mentioned max at Fuse /
by UL/CSA) 600V CB
[A] 120V 230V 200-208V 230V 480V 600V [A] [A]
SM2A 68 28-40A 3 71/2 15 15 30 40 40 150
SM2A 72 36-45A 5 71/2 15 15 30 40 45 175
SM2A 76 40-50A 5 10 15 20 40 50 50 200
SM3A 84 45-63A 5 15 20 25 50 60 63 250
SM3A 88 57-75A 71/2 15 25 25 60 75 75 300
SM3A 92 70-90A 10 20 30 30 75 100 90 350
SM3A 96 80-100A 10 20 40 40 75 100 100 400
NOTE:
For SM2A types: UL Listed for USA and Canada and CSA certified as manual motor controller, short circuit 65kA 480V; 25kA 600V; max fuse / CB (see table).
Suitable for group installation.
CSA: Maximum fuse / CB 350A. UL: SPCD according NEC; suitable as motor disconnect 600Y/347V.
Suitable as tap conductor protection in group installation 65kA 480Y/277V, 25kA 600Y/347V. Maximum fuse / CB 500A. Trip amps 125%.
For SM3A84 and SM3A88 types: UL Listed for USA and Canada and CSA certified as manual motor controller, short circuit 65kA 480V; 30kA 600V; max fuse /
CB (see table). Suitable for group installation.
Suitable as tap conductor protection in group installation 65kA 480Y/277V, 30kA 600Y/347V. Maximum fuse / CB 1200A. Trip amps 125% .
For SM3A92 and SM3A96 types: UL Listed for USA and Canada and CSA certified as manual motor controller, short circuit 65kA 480V; 10kA 600V; max fuse /
CB (see table). Suitable for group installation.
Suitable as tap conductor protection in group installation 65kA 480Y/277V. Maximum fuse / CB 1200A. Trip amps 125%.
The appropriate thermal trip range of the controller should be selected on the basis of the motor nameplate full-load current since the horsepower ratings
given are for indication and reference purposes only.
Single-phase horsepower ratings are based on wiring the three poles in series; see wiring scheme on page 1-15.

pages 1-8 and 9 page 1-14 pages 1-15 and 16 pages 1-16 and 17 1-3
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM1 types
Order code Characteristics Qty Wt General and operational characteristics

1 per ADD-ON AUXILIARY BLOCKS
pkg – Snap on to the front or the right side of the breaker
n° [kg] – Maximum combination: 3 SMX... blocks with
6 auxiliary contacts in total of which 2 on front (SM1C
Add-on auxiliary contacts. excluded) and 4 on the side
11 SMX11 20 Front mount 2NO 10 0.013 (2 normal contacts and 2 indicators)
11 SMX11 11 Front mount 1NO+1NC 10 0.013 – IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith:
6A (2.5A for SMX11...)
11 SMX12 11 Side mount 1NO+1NC 10 0.045 – IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V (250V for
11 SMX12 02 Side mount 2NC 10 0.045 SMX11...)
11 SMX12 20 Side mount 2NO 10 0.045 – UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation:
11 SMX11... 11 SMX12... C600 Q600 (C300 R300 for SMX11...)
11 SMX13 11 Side-mount indicator 10 0.045 – Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
contacts for thermal and – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
magnetic tripping (1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5 mm2 or 18/14 AWG
1NO+1NC – Width of side-mount auxiliary contacts equal to 0.5
Undervoltage trip releases. standard DIN 46880 module.
11 SMX14 BC 110VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.125
UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP RELEASE
11 SMX14 CL 230VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.125 – Connectable to the left side of the breaker
11 SMX14 EA 400VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.125 – Consumption in-rush/holding: 12/3.5VA
11 SMX15 CL 230VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.140 – Drop-out voltage: 0.35-0.7Us
with early-make contacts – Pick-up voltage: 0.85-1.1Us
– Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
11 SMX15 EA 400VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.140 – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
11 SMX13 11 11 SMX14... with early-make contacts (1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
Shunt trip releases.
11 SMX16 AF 24VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.124 SHUNT TRIP RELEASE
– Connectable to the left side of the breaker
11 SMX16 BC 110VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.124 – In-rush consumption: 20VA
11 SMX16 CL 230VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.124 – Operating limits: 0.7-1.1Us
11 SMX16 EA 400VAC 50/60Hz 5 0.124 – Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
– Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
Padlockable attachment for operating lever. (1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
11 SMX18 10 3 padlocks max Ø 5mm 1 0.049
Adjuster sealing kit. TERMINAL BLOCK FOR BUSBAR SUPPLY
– Imax 63A
11 SMX18 12 For all types 1 0.006 – Maximum tightening torque: 2.3Nm/20lbin
Padlockable door coupling handle. – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum:
11 SMX15... 11 SMX16... 4-25mm2 or 10/4 AWG.
11 SMX18 14 3 padlocks maximum 1 0.720
IP65. Red/yellow
THREE-PHASE CONNECTION BUSBAR
11 SMX18 15 3 padlocks maximum 1 0.760 – Imax 63A
IP65. Black – SMX90 3... 45mm/1.77” spacing to reduce the width
Terminal block for busbar supply. to the minimum
11 SMX90 30 For all types 10 0.048 – SMX90 4... 54mm/2.13” spacing to consent to fit one
side-mount auxiliary contact block on the breaker.
Safety cover.
11 SMX90 31 For unused busbar terminals 10 0.005 Certifications and compliance
11 SMX18 10 Three-phase connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing. Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed, for USA
and Canada (cULus - File E93602), under motor
11 SMX90 32 For 2 breakers without 10 0.027 controllers, for auxiliary contacts, releases and
side-mount contacts padlockable attachment of operating lever; CCC for
11 SMX90 33 For 3 breakers without 10 0.050 SMX12... and SMX13 11 auxiliary contacts.
side-mount contacts Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
11 SMX90 34 For 4 breakers without 10 0.071 IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
side-mount contacts
11 SMX90 35 For 5 breakers without 10 0.092
side-mount contacts
11 SMX90 30 11 SMX90 31 Three-phase connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing.
11 SMX90 42 For 2 breakers complete with 10 0.031
side-mount contacts
side-mount contacts
side-mount contacts
11 SMX90 3... 11 SMX90 45 For 5 breakers complete with 10 0.081
11 SMX90 4... side-mount contacts
Not suitable for fixing on SM1C types.
Tripping is indicated by flag indicator on front.
Dimensions Wiring diagrams

1-4 pages 1-12 and 13 pages 1-15 and 16

per SM1 - CONTACTOR CONNECTION 1
pkg The SMX90 03, SMX31... and SMX32 41 rigid
n° [kg] connections electrically and mechanically fasten
the breaker together with the contactor forming a
Rigid SM1 breaker-contactor connections. single-unit starter for quick installation on 35mm
11 SMX90 03 11 SMX90 03 For SM1 breaker with BG 10 0.025 DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715).
mini-contactor.
SMX31 41 STARTER ASSEMBLY ADAPTER PLATES
SMX31 42 SMX31 41 For SM1 breaker with 10 0.044
BF09A-BF25A contactor. The elements consent to preassemble starters and to
SMX32 41 form trim and compact single-unit equipment for quick
Complete with cover
and easy installation.
SMX31 42 For SM1 breaker with 10 0.046 The starter adapter plates install on 35mm DIN rail
BF09D-BF25D and (IEC/EN 60715).
BF09L-BF25L contactor.
Complete with cover SURFACE MOUNT ENCLOSURE
SMX32 41 For SM1 breaker with 10 0.050 – Top or bottom entry:
BF26A-BF38A contactor. • PG16 threaded knockouts for SMX17 10
Complete with cover • 22.5mm/0.88” knockouts for SMX17 11
Adapter plates. – Rear entry:
• 22.5mm/0.88” knockouts
11 SMX90 10 Adapter plate for 1 0.058 – Holds a SM1 breaker equipped with one side-mount
direct-on-line starter (SM1 contact block, one front-mount block (except for
breaker and BG or SM1C) and either one shunt or undervoltage release
BF09A-BF38A contactors) – Earth/ground terminal included
11 SMX90 12 Adapter plate for reversing 1 0.095 – Operating temperature: -5...+40°C
contactor assembly (SM1 – Storage temperature: -50...+80°C.
breaker and BG or
11 SMX90 10 11 SMX90 12 BF09A-BF38A contactors) FLUSH MOUNT ENCLOSURE
11 SMX90 14 Adapter plate for star-delta 1 0.118 – Use with breaker, complete with 1 front-mount (except
starter (SM1 breaker and for SM1C) and 1 side-mount blocks and one shunt or
45mm/1.77” wide undervoltage release
contactors BF09A-BF38A) – Earth/ground terminal included
– 103x144mm/4.05x5.67” cutout
11 SMX90 18 35mm DIN rail 1 0.025 – Operating temperature: -5...+40°C
(IEC/EN 60715) for cable – Storage temperature: -50...+80°C.
bypass of contactor used
with SMX90 14 plate ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES
11 SMX90 19 35mm DIN rail extension 1 0.025 PADLOCKABLE ROTARY ACTUATOR:
Surface mount enclosures. – Suitable for SMX17 10 or SMX17 20 type only
– Raises the degree of protection of the enclosure
11 SMX17 10 IP40. 100mm/4” wide 1 0.404 to IEC IP65
11 SMX17 11 IP40. 85mm/3.3” wide 1 0.358 – 3 padlocks maximum.
Flush mount enclosure.
ACTUATOR WITH EMERGENCY PUSH-BUTTON:
11 SMX90 14 11 SMX17 20 IP40. 122mm/4.8” wide, 1 0.341 – Suitable for SMX17 11 only
103x144mm/4.05x5.67” – Raises the degree of protection of the enclosure to
cutout IEC IP65.
ACCESSORIES FOR ENCLOSURES.
Padlockable rotary actuator. Certifications and compliance
11 SMX17 30 IP65. Grey-black. 1 0.110 Certifications obtained: EAC for all SMX... types and pilot
For SMX17 10 and lights; UL Listed for USA and Canada (cULus -
SMX17 20 enclosures File E93602), under motor controllers, for SMX90 03,
SMX31 41 and SMX32 41 connections.
11 SMX17 35 IP65. Red-yellow. 1 0.142 Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1, UL508,
For SMX17 10 and CSA C22.2 n° 14.
SMX17 20 enclosures
Actuator with emergency stop button.
11 SMX17 10 11 SMX17 20 11 SMX17 40 IP65. For SMX17 11 10 0.174
11 SMX17 11 enclosure
IP65 membrane complete with rim.
11 SMX17 45 For SMX17 11 enclosure 10 0.035
Neutral connection.
11 SMX17 50 For SMX17 10 and 10 0.026
SMX17 20 enclosures only
Pilot light.
23 NEONVV Green 10 0.006
23 NEONRV Red 10 0.006
11 SMX17 35 11 SMX17 40 Marking elements.
BFX30 Blank label for writing 50 0.002
To obtain IP65 degree of protection, mount the 11 SMX17 45 membrane.
The device obtained with this actuator is not suitable for isolation per
IEC/EN 60947-2 standards.
Complete with required voltage. Available voltages:
– AC 50/60Hz 24/110/220-240 (indicate 220)/380-415 (indicate 380) VAC.
11 SMX17 45

pages 1-12 and 13 pages 1-15 and 16 1-5
Combinations
1 Front-mount contacts Side-mount contacts Side-mount contacts
Undervoltage trip release Undervoltage trip release with auxiliary
Shunt trip release contacts
TEST
SMX14... SMX15
SMX16...
SMX1311 SMX12... SMX1311 SMX12...
SMX11...
Not suitable for use with SM1C type.

Only one add-on block can be fixed on the left side of the breaker.
One of the following combinations can be mounted on the right side of the breaker:
– One each of SMX13 11 and SMX12...
or one only SMX13 11
or one only SMX12 ...
Three-phase connection busbars

SMX90 30 SMX90 35
SMX90 31
SMX90 34
ST
TE
SMX90 33 TE
ST
SMX90 32
T
®
Three-phase connection busbar,

TES
®
45mm/1.77” spacing (breakers
TES
T
without add-on blocks)
®
ST
TE
ST
TE
ST
TE
ST
TE
ST
TE
ST
TE
SMX90 45
SMX90 30 SMX90 31
SMX90 44
ST
TE
ST
TE
SMX90 43
®
ST
TE
SMX90 42 ®
TE
ST Three-phase connection
®
busbar, 54mm/2.13”
spacing (breakers with
ST
TE
ST
add-on blocks)
TE
ST
TE
ST
TE
ST
TE
ST
TE

1-6 pages 1-12 and 13 pages 1-15 and 16
Combinations
Rigid breaker-contactor connection and protection cover 1
TE
ST TE
ST TE
ST
SM1...
SM1...
®
SM1...
SMX31 41 SMX32 41
SMX31 42
SMX90 03
BG...
BF09-BF25
BF26A-BF38A
Padlockable attachment Adjuster sealing kit Padlockable door coupling handle

for operating lever
SMX18 14
SMX18 15
SMX18 10 SMX18 12
Surface mount enclosure SMX17 11 complete with

Surface mount enclosure SMX17 10 or SMX17 11
emergency stop button SMX17 40.
SMX12...
®
TEST
®
SMX13 11
SMX17 40
SMX15... SMX11...
SMX16...
SMX14...
Flush mount enclosure SMX17 20 SMX17 11
For BF09A-BF25A contactors.

For BF09D-BF25D and BF09L-BF25L contactors.
One only add-on block can be mounted on each
side of the breaker.

pages 1-12 and 13 pages 1-15 and 16 1-7
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM2A and SM3A types

1 per ADD-ON AUXILIARY BLOCKS
pkg – Insert on the top front or snap on the left side of the
n° [kg] breaker
– Maximum combination: 4 SMX... blocks with
Add-on auxiliary contacts. 8 auxiliary contacts in total of which 2 on front and 6
11 SMX20 11 Front mount 1 changeover 10 0.016 on the sides (2 normal contacts and 4 indicators)
11 SMX20 11 (SPDT) – IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith:
11 SMX21 11 11 SMX21 11 Front mount 1NO+1NC 10 0.018 10A (2.5A for SMX21 11)
– IEC rated insulation voltage Ui:
11 SMX22 02 Side mount 2NC 2 0.046 690V (250V for SMX20... and SMX21...)
11 SMX22 11 Side mount 1NO+1NC 2 0.046 – UL/CSA and IEC/EN 60947-5-1 designation:
11 SMX22 20 Side mount 2NO 2 0.046 A600 Q300 (C300 R300 for SMX20... and SMX21...)
– Maximum tightening torque: 1.2Nm/10.3lbin
11 SMX23 11 Side-mount indicator 1 0.092 – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
contacts (1NO+1NC) for (1 or 2 wires): 0.5-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
thermal trip and (1NO+1NC)
for magnetic trip UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP RELEASE
Undervoltage trip releases. – Snap on to the right side of the breaker
11 SMX24 BC 110VAC 50/60Hz 1 0.136 – Consumption inrush/holding: 20.2/7.2 VA; 13/2.4 W
– Drop-out voltage: 0.35-0.7Us
11 SMX24 CL 230VAC 50/60Hz 1 0.136 – Pick-up voltage: 0.85-1.1Us
11 SMX22...
11 SMX24 EA 400VAC 50/60Hz 1 0.136 – Maximum tightening torque: 1.2Nm/10.3lbin
11 SMX25 CL 230VAC (50/60Hz) 1 0.136 – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
with early-make contacts (1 or 2 wires): 0.5-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
11 SMX25 EA 400VAC (50/60Hz) 1 0.136 SHUNT TRIP RELEASE
with early-make contacts – Snap on to the right side of the breaker
Shunt trip releases. – In-rush consumption: 20.2VA; 13W
11 SMX26 AF 24VAC 50/60Hz 1 0.132 – Operating voltage: 0.7-1.1Us
– Maximum tightening torque: 1.2Nm/10.3lbin
11 SMX26 BC 110VAC 50/60Hz 1 0.132 – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
11 SMX26 CL 230VAC 50/60Hz 1 0.132 (1 or 2 wires): 0.5-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG.
11 SMX26 EA 400VAC 50/60Hz 1 0.132
11 SMX23 11 Padlockable door coupling rotary actuator. Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed, for USA
11 SMX28 05 IP65. 3 padlocks maximum. 1 0.102 and Canada (cULus - File E93601), and CSA Certified
Black colour (File 703212), as Auxiliary Devices, for auxiliary contacts
11 SMX28 10 IP65. 3 padlocks maximum. 1 0.110 and releases.
Red-yellow colour Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
See diagram on p. 1-16 for the exact operation.
11 SMX24...
11 SMX25...
11 SMX26...

1-8 page 1-14 pages 1-15 and 16
Add-on blocks and accessories for SM2A and SM3A types
Combinations
SMX24...
1
SMX25...
SMX26...
ato
ov
LL
SMX23 11
SMX22...
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
Padlockable door coupling rotary actuator SMX28 05 - SMX28 10
max.
ø 8Ømm
max 8mm
Minimum 75mm distance from door edge

(hinge side) for correct operation of door
shaft mechanism. See page 1-14 for more
details.

page 1-14 pages 1-15 and 16 1-9
Manual motor starters
Manual motor starter Order code Thermal Short circuit Qty Wt General characteristics
1 LMS25 up to 25A trip breaking per The LMS25 manual motor starter is particularly suitable for
adjustment capacity (IEC) pkg controlling small operating machines.
range at 400V Releases and auxiliary contacts make it also suitable for
Icu Ics more complex uses.
[A] [kA] [kA] n° [kg] The LMS25 manual motor starter is suitable for isolation
according to IEC/EN 60947 standards.
IEC breaking capacity Icu at 400V: 100kA (0.1-6.3A) / Wall and flush-mount enclosures allow to install the LMS25
6kA (6.3-10A) / 4kA (10-25A). starter in the most disparate environmental conditions (dust,
11 LMS25 016T 0.1 - 0.16 100 100 5 0.193 humidity, aggressive environmental agents, etc.).
11 LMS25 025T 0.16 - 0.25 100 100 5 0.193
11 LMS25 04T 0.25 - 0.4 100 100 5 0.193 – IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 690V
11 LMS25 063T 0.4 - 0.63 100 100 5 0.193 – IEC rated impulse withstand voltage: 6kV
11 LMS25 1T 0.63 - 1 100 100 5 0.193 – IEC rated frequency: 50/60Hz
– Maximum rated current: 25A
11 LMS25 1V6T 1 - 1.6 100 100 5 0.193 – 13 adjustment ranges 0.1 to 25A
11 LMS25 2V5T 1.6 - 2.5 100 100 5 0.266 – IEC breaking capacity: see table on page 1-17
11 LMS25 4T 2.5 - 4 100 100 5 0.266 – Power dissipation: 2-15W
– Magnetic tripping: 12In max
11 LMS25 6V3T 4 - 6.3 100 100 5 0.266 – IEC thermal tripping class: 10
11 LMS 25...
11 LMS25 10T 6.3 - 10 6 3 5 0.266 – Phase failure / Single phase sensitive
11 LMS25 16T 10 - 16 4 2 5 0.266 – Mechanical life: 100,000 cycles
– Electrical life 25A (IEC AC3): 100,000 cycles
11 LMS25 20T 16 - 20 4 2 5 0.266 – Mounting on 35mm DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) or screw
11 LMS25 25T 20 - 25 4 2 5 0.266 fixing
– Mounting position: Any
– IEC utilisation category: A

Certifications obtained: EAC; UL Listed for USA and Canada
(cULus - File E155982). See UL/CSA details under NOTE
below bottom table.
IEC/EN 60947-2, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL508,
CSA C22.2 n° 14.
leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the
adjuster must be positioned at a value 15% greater than the rated
motor current.

Thermal FLA max
Type 1 Phase [HP] 3 Phase [HP]
adjustment range at 600V
[A] 120V 230V 200-208V 230V 480V 600V [A]
LMS25 016T 0.1-0.16 - - - - - - 0.16
LMS25 025T 0.16-0.25 - - - - - - 0.25
LMS25 04T 0.25-0.4 - - - - - - 0.4
LMS25 063T 0.4-0.63 - - - - - - 0.63
1
LMS25 1T 0.63-1 - - - - - /2 1
3 3
LMS25 1V6T 1-1.6 - - - - /4 /4 1.6
1 1 1
LMS25 2V5T 1.6-2.5 - /6 /2 /2 1 11/2 2.5
1 1 3
LMS25 4T 2.5-4 /8 /4 /4 1 2 3 4
1 1
LMS25 6V3T 4-6.3 /4 /2 11/2 11/2 3 5 6.3
1
LMS25 10T 6.3-10 /2 1 2 3 5 71/2 10
LMS25 16T 10-16 1 2 3 5 10 10 16
LMS25 20T 16-20 11/2 3 5 5 10 15 20
LMS25 25T 20-25 2 3 5 71/2 15 20 25
NOTE:
UL Listed in USA and Canada as manual motor controller. Fuses only 30A suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5000rms symmetrical
amperes, 600VAC. Trip current is 125%.
The appropriate thermal trip range of the controller should be selected on the basis of the motor nameplate full-load current since the horsepower ratings
given are for indication and reference purposes only.
Single-phase horsepower ratings are based on wiring the three poles in series; see wiring scheme on page 1-15.

1-10 pages 1-11 page 1-15 pages 1-15 and 16 pages 1-16 and 17
Add-on blocks and accessories for LMS25 types

per ADD-ON AUXILIARY CONTACTS 1
pkg – Connectable to right or left side of starter
n° [kg] – Maximum combination: 2 LMH... blocks, one on right
and one on left side of starter (4 auxiliary contacts max in
Add-on auxiliary contacts. Side mount. total)
11 LMH 01 1NC 10 0.037 – IEC rated insulation voltage Ui: 500V
11 LMH 10 1NO 10 0.036 – IEC conventional free air thermal current Ith: 6A
– IEC operational current AC15: 3.5A 230V; 2A 400V
11 LMH 11 1NO + 1NC 10 0.042 – IEC protection fuse (gL or gG): 6A maximum
11 LMH 20 2NO 10 0.037 – Maximum tightening torque: 1Nm/9lbin
Undervoltage trip release. – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum
11 LMH... 11 LMU... - 11 LMA... (1 or 2 wires): 0.75-2.5mm2 or 18/14 AWG
11 LMU To fit inside starter. 10 0.066 – Width of the auxiliary contacts LMH... equal to 0.5
For all types standard DIN 43880 modules.
Shunt trip release.
11 LMA To fit inside starter. 10 0.064 UNDERVOLTAGE AND SHUNT TRIP RELEASES
For all types – Must be fitted inside the motor starter.
11 SMX90 32 Terminal block for busbar supply. Undervoltage Shunt
11 SMX90 30 For all types 10 0.048 Release range 0.35-0.7Us ––
Operating range 0.85-1.1Us 0.7-1.1Us
Safety cover. On-load factor 100% ––
11 SMX90 31 For unused busbar 10 0.005
terminals TERMINAL BLOCK FOR BUSBAR SUPPLY
Three-phase connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing. – Imax 63A
11 SMX90 32 For 2 breakers without 10 0.028 – Maximum tightening torque: 2.3Nm/20lbin
side-mount contacts – Conductor cross section minimum-maximum:
11 SMX90 30 11 SMX90 31 4-25mm2 or 10/4 AWG.
11 SMX90 33 For 3 breakers without 10 0.050
side-mount contacts THREE-PHASE CONNECTION BUSBAR
11 SMX90 34 For 4 breakers without 10 0.071 – Imax 63A
side-mount contacts – SMX90 3... 45mm/1.77” spacing to reduce the width to
11 SMX90 35 For 5 breakers without 10 0.092 the minimum
side-mount contacts – SMX90 4... 54mm/2.13” spacing to consent to fit one
side mount auxiliary contact block on the breaker.
Three-phase connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing.
11 SMX90 42 For 2 breakers complete 10 0.031 SURFACE MOUNT ENCLOSURE
with side-mount contacts – Top or bottom entry:
11 SMX90 43 For 3 breakers complete 10 0.056 • M25 threaded knockouts
with side-mount contacts – Rear entry:
• 15.5mm/0.6” knockouts
11 SMX90 44 For 4 breakers complete 10 0.081 – Up to two auxiliary contact blocks may be mounted
11 LMZ111 - 11 LMZ112
with side-mount contacts – Earth/ground terminal included
11 SMX90 45 For 5 breakers complete 10 0.089 – Operating termperature: -5...+40°C
with side-mount contacts – Storage termperature: -50...+80°C.
Surface mount enclosures.
FLUSH MOUNT ENCLOSURE
11 LMZ 111 IP55. 80mm/3.15” wide 1 0.260 – Cutout size 70x115mm/2.76x4.53”
11 LMZ 112 IP54. 80mm/3.15” wide 1 0.273 – Up to two auxiliary contact blocks may be mounted
Flush mount enclosures. – Earth/ground terminal included
– Operating termperature: -5...+40°C
11 LMZ 113 IP55. 85mm/3.35” wide 1 0.204 – Storage termperature: -50...+80°C.
11 LMZ 114 IP41. 85mm/3.35” wide 1 0.184
ACCESSORIES FOR ENCLOSURES. ACCESSORIES FOR ENCLOSURES
Locking mechanism. Locking mechanism:
– Prevents closing operation: 3 padlocks maximum.
11 LMZ 105 3 padlocks maximum 10 0.091 Emergency stop button:
11 LMZ113 - 11 LMZ114
Normal stop button. IP55 protection. – Turn to release
11 LMZ 106 For LMZ 111, LMZ113 1 0.051 – Red push-button Ø 35mm/1.38”
and LMZ 114 NOTE: Once mounted on the enclosure, these accessories
raise the degree of protection from IP41 to IP55.
Neutral connection.
11 LMN PE For all types 10 0.010 Certifications and compliance
Pilot light. Certifications obtained: EAC for all; UL Listed for USA and
Canada (cULus - File E155982), under motor controllers, for
23 NEONVV Green 10 0.006 auxiliary contacts and trip releases.
23 NEONRV Red 10 0.006 Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-1,
Spare rubber membrane complete with rim for enclosures. IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
11 LMZ105 11 LMZ106
11 LMM For LMZ 111, LMZ113 10 0.012
and LMZ 114 enclosures
M25 to PG16 entry adapter.
11 LM M25 PG16 For LMZ111 and 10 0.009
11 LMNPE
LMZ112 enclosures
Specify rated voltage. Add suffix 60 if frequency is 60Hz. Available voltages:
– AC 50Hz 24/48/110/220-240 (indicate 220)/380-415 (indicate 380)/
440-460 (indicate 440)/480 and 575VAC.
Complete with required voltage. Available voltages:
– AC 50/60Hz 24/110/220-240 (indicate 220)/380-415 (indicate 380) VAC.
23 NEON...V

page 1-15 pages 1-15 and 16 1-11
Breakers SM1A - SM1B SM1A - SM1B

1 with side-mount auxiliary contacts only
80.5
with front and side-mount auxiliary contacts
80.5
(3.17”) (3.17”)
18 9 SMX12... 18 9 SMX12...
(0.71”) (0.35”) (0.71”) (0.35”)
(3.46”)
(1.39”)
(1.75”)
(1.75”)
(1.39”)
(3.58”)
(3.46”)
(3.58”)
(1.90”)
35.3
44.5
44.5
35.3
48.3
88
(2.18”)
91
88
91
55.5
44.5 44.5 23.5 SMX11 11
4.8 44.4 4.8 (0.92”)
(1.75”) (0.19”) 14.3 (1.75”) 44.4 SMX11 20
SMX14... (1.75”) SMX14... (0.19”) (1.75”)
(0.56”)
SMX15... SMX13 11 SMX13 11 72.2
72.2 SMX15...
SMX16... (2.84”) SMX16... SMX11... (2.84”)
82.5 82.5
(3.25”) (3.25”)
SM1C
with side-mount auxiliary contacts only
80.5
(3.17”)
18 9 SMX12...
(0.71”) (0.35”)
(3.46”)
(1.75”)
(1.39”)
(3.58”)
44.5
35.3
88
91
44.5 4.8 44.4

(1.75”) (0.19”) (1.75”)
SMX14...
SMX15... SMX13 11 72.2
SMX16... (2.84”)
82.5
(3.25”)
Breakers SM1 with SMX90 03 connector SM1 with SMX31 41 connector SM1 with SMX31 42 connector
and BG contactors and BF09A-BF25A contactors and BF09D/L-BF25D/L contactors
44.5 44.5 85 44.5 102.8
(1.75”) (1.75”) (3.35”) (1.75”) (4.05”)
(6.30”)
160
SMX90 03
(7.25”)
(7.25”)
184.2
184.2
SMX31 41 SMX31 42
SM1 with SMX32 41 connector SM1... with SMX18 14 or SMX18 15 door coupling handle
and BF26A-BF38A contactors
44.5 94 min. 140 / max. 395
82.9 (min 5.51” / max 15.55”)
(1.75”) (3.70”) (3.26”)
45.1 104.5 36 (1.42”)
22.5 22 1...4
(1.77”) (0.88”) (4.11”) 28...32
(0.87”) (0.04”...0.16”)
23 (1.10”...1.26”)
22
(0.87”) (0.90”)
(1.10”...1.26”)
61.8 (2.43”)
Ø16 (0.63”)
36 (1.42”)
(4.33”)
(2.56”)
28...32
(3.54”)
110
65
90
(7.61”)
193.2
SMX32 41
Ø3 (0.12”)
Ø2
.6
(0.1
0” SMX18 14
) SMX18 15
SMX18 14
SMX18 15
1-12
Connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing Terminal block for Safety cover These elements mounted with SM1...
SMX90 32 - SMX90 33 - SMX90 34 busbar supply
SMX90 30
SMX90 31 breakers with no auxiliary contacts
1
SMX90 30
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 3...
13.5 13.5
45 (1.77”) (0.53”) (0.53”)
SMX90 31
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
Connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing Terminal block for Safety cover These elements mounted with SM1...
SMX90 42 - SMX90 43 - SMX90 44 busbar supply SMX90 31 breakers with auxiliary contacts SMX12... or SMX13 11
SMX90 30
SMX90 30
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 4...
13.5 13.5
54 (2.13”) (0.53”) (0.53”)
SMX90 31
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
Enclosures SMX17 10 with SMX17 30 or SMX17 35 handle SMX17 11 with SMX17 40 button
100 (3.94”) 134.4 (5.29”) 85.4 (3.36”) 173 (6.81”)
.5 ) .5 )
Ø4 .18” 109 (4.29”) Ø4 .18” 109 (4.29”)
(0 (0
181.2 (7.13”)
181.2 (7.13”)
170 (6.69”)
164 (6.46”)
170 (6.69”)
SMX17 40
42 (1.65”) 44.1 (1.74”)
PG16
(0.75”)
Ø22.5
19.2
(0.91”)
SMX17 3...
23.1
(0.88”)
SMX17 20 with SMX17 30 or SMX17 35 handle Cutout

94 (3.70”) 39.4
122 (4.80”) (1.55”)
144 (5.67”)
164 (6.46”)
SMX17 3...
14
(0.55”) 103 (4.05”)
1-13
Breakers SM2A with SMX2... contacts Breakers SM3A with SMX2... contacts
1 10 (0.39”)
SMX20 11
17 (0.67”) SMX24...
SMX25...
121 (4.76”)
102 (4.01”)
SMX24...
SMX20 11
SMX21 11 12 SMX24...
146 (5.75”)
138 (5.43”)
127 (5”)
SMX20 11
20 SMX25... SMX22... (0.47”) SMX21 11
SMX21 11 (0.79”) SMX26... 52 (2.05”) 23 (0.90”) SMX25... 77 (3.03”)
SMX22... SMX26... SMX26...
SMX24...
SMX25...
SMX26...
SMX20 11
SMX21 11
140 (5.51”)
130 (5.12”)
125 (4.92”)
45 (1.77”)
85 (3.35”)
89 (3.50”)
116 (4.57”)
155 (6.10”)
150 (5.90”)
165 (6.50”)
45 (1.77”)
89 (3.50”)
5
(1.97”)
5
SMX22... (1.97”)
SMX23 11 SMX22...
9
(0.35”) 30 18 8 (0.31”) SMX23 11
(1.18”) (0.71”) 109 (4.29”)
18 (0.71”) 55 (2.16”) 127 (5”)
SMX23 11 132 (5.20”) 9 30 18 8 (0.31”)
144 (5.67”) (0.35”) (1.18”) (0.71”) 138 (5.43”)
18 (0.71”) 70 (2.75”) 153 (6.02”)
SMX23 11 169 (6.65”)
SM2A with SMX28 05 or SMX28 10 door coupling handle
3.2 (0.12”)
25
(0.98) 1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
(0.96”)
5
2.
24.3
)
Ø2 .88”
0
(
5
(1.97”)
min. 75
min. 55 / max. 130 33 17 (2.95”)
(min 2.16” / max 5.12”) (1.30”) (0.67”)
132 (5.20”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
25 3.2 (0.12”)
(0.98) 1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
140 (5.51”)
(0.96”)
5
2.
24.3
)
Ø2 .88”
(0
5
(1.97”)
min. 75
min. 131 / max. 327 33 17 (2.95”)
(min 5.16” / max 12.87”) (1.30”) (0.67”)
16 55 132 (5.20”)
(0.63”) (2.16”)
Mounting on DIN rail.
SM3A with SMX28 05 or SMX28 10 door coupling handle
3.2 (0.12”)
25
(0.98) 1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
(0.96”)
5
2.
24.3
)
Ø2 .88”
(0
5
(1.97”)
min. 75
min. 55 / max. 104 33 17 (2.95”)
(min 2.16” / max 4.09”) (1.30”) (0.67”)
158 (6.22”)
SMX28 05
SMX28 10
25 3.2 (0.12”)
(0.98) 1...4 (0.04”...0.16”)
165 (6.50”)
(0.96”)
5
2.
24.3
)
Ø2 .88”
(0
5
(1.97”)
min. 75
min. 105 / max. 327 33 17 (2.95”)
(min 4.13” / max 12.87”) (1.30”) (0.67”)
16 70 158 (6.22”)
(0.63”) (2.75”)
Mounting on DIN rail.
1-14
Manual starters LMS25 Enclosures LMZ111 - LMZ112 LMZ113 - LMZ114

with side-mount LMH... contacts
30.8 9 (0.35”)
with LMZ106 emergency stop button
80 95.5
with LMZ106 emergency stop button 1
(1.21”) 85 80 12.5
(3.15”) (3.76”) (3.35”) (3.15”) (0.49”)
(2.95”)
(1.37”)
(1.77”)
(3.15”)
55
75
35
45
80
55 (2.16”)
(2.16”)
(4.13”)
(5.08”)
105
(5.31”)
129
135
4 38
(0.16”) (1.50”)
LMZ106
73.5 LMZ106
LMH... (2.89”)
83
(3.27”)
Cutout
39
(1.53”)
Drilling for 69.5
surface fixing
(0.73”)
(2.74”)
18.5
M25
60
(4.53”)
(2.36”)
115
126 (4.96”)
105 (4.13”)
55
(2.16”)
M4
M4 70
(2.75”)
M4
Connection busbars 45mm/1.77” spacing Terminal block for Safety cover These elements mounted with LMS25...
SMX90 32 - SMX90 33 - SMX90 34 busbar supply SMX90 31 breakers with no auxiliary contacts
SMX90 30
SMX90 30
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 3...
13.5 13.5
45 (1.77”) (0.53”) (0.53”)
SMX90 31
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
Connection busbars 54mm/2.13” spacing Terminal block for Safety cover These elements mounted with LMS25...
SMX90 42 - SMX90 43 - SMX90 44 busbar supply SMX90 31 breakers with LMH... auxiliary contacts
SMX90 30
SMX90 30
29 (1.14”)
29 (1.14”)
SMX90 4...
13.5 13.5
54 (2.13”) (0.53”) (0.53”)
SMX90 31
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
Wiring diagrams
MOTOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT BREAKERS

SM1A…. – SM1B… – SM1C… and SM2A… – SM3A… and LMS25…
Three-phase Singe phase or DC
LINE LINE
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2
LOAD LOAD
1-15
Wiring diagrams
ADD-ON BLOCKS
1 For SM1… types
Front mount auxiliary contacts Side mount auxiliary contacts Side mount undervoltage trip releases Side mount shunt trip release
SMX11 20 SMX11 11 SMX12 11 SMX12 20 SMX12 02 SMX13 11 SMX14... SMX15... SMX16...
13 23 13 21 33 41 33 43 31 41 57 65 D1 D1 O7 C1
U<
U<
14 24 14 22 34 42 34 44 32 42 58 66 D2 D2 O8 C2
For SM2A… and SM3A types

Front mount auxiliary contacts Side mount auxiliary contacts Side mount undervoltage trip releases Side mount shunt trip release
SMX20 11 SMX21 11 SMX22 11 SMX22 20 SMX22 02 SMX23 11 SMX24... SMX25... SMX26...
12 14 13 21 33 41 33 43 31 41 57 65 77 85 D1 D1 O7 C1
U<
U<
11 14 22 34 42 34 44 32 42 58 66 78 86 D2 D2 O8 C2
➊ ➋
Change in event of magnetic and/or thermal tripping.
Change in event of magnetic tripping.
NOTE: During breaker testing, only contacts 57-58 and 65-66 switch.
For LMS25 types Side-mount auxiliary contacts Inside-fitted undervoltage trip and shunt trip releases
LMH 01 LMH 10 LMH 11 LMH 20 LMU... LMA...
The termination of the LMH... 32 34 44 32 44 34
auxiliary contacts has more than D1 C1
one numbering due to the fact that 11 13 13 21 13 23
the block can assume various
mounting positions. U<
The numbering in boldface
indicates when it is mounted on the
left side of the breaker. D2 C2
12 14 14 22 14 24
31 33 43 31 43 33
THERMAL TRIP CHARACTERISTIC (AVERAGE TIME)

Three-phase balanced operation Two-phase operation (phase failure/single phasing)
Opening time [s] Opening time [s]
10000 10000
2h 2h
1h 1h
30min 30min
1000 1000
10min 10min
5min 5min
2min 2min
100 100
1min 1min
COLD COLD
10 10
HOT HOT
1 1
0.1 0.1
0.01 0.01
0.001 0.001 x Ie[A]

1.05 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 20 30 40 50 6070 100 x Ie[A] 1.15 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 20 30 40 50 6070 100
1 1.2 1
Tripping times can have a ±20% deviation with respect to the average tripping curve values above.
1-16
TYPE SM1A SM1B SM1C SM2A SM3A LMS25

CONTACT AND RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS 1
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
Rated impulse voltage Uimp kV 6
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Maximum rated current A 32 32 32 50 100 25
Number of adjustment ranges N° 5 15 15 3 4 13
Power dissipation W 2.2-9.7 2.2-9.7 2.2-9.7 7.1-20 10-38 2-15
Magnetic tripping A 12 x In 12 x In 12 x In 13 x In 13 x In 12 x In
Mechanical life cycles 100,000 100,000 100,000 25,000 25,000 100,000
Electrical life (Ie max AC3) cycles 100,000 100,000 100,000 50,000 50,000 100,000
Maximum tightening Nm 2.3 2.3 2.3 4.5 6 1.8
torque for terminals lbin 20 20 20 40 53 16
Tool PH2 PH2 PH2 PZ2 Allen 4mm PZ2
Minimum-maximum conductor
section connectable 1 or 2 wires
AWG N° 16-10 16-10 16-10 18-3 10-1/0 14-8
Flexible without lug mm2 1-6 1-6 1-6 0.75-25 10-50 0.75-4
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Temperature Operating °C -20...+60 -20...+60 -20...+60 -20...+70 -20...+70 -25...+60
Storage °C -50...+80 -50...+80 -50...+80 -50...+80 -50...+80 -25...+70
Compensation °C -20...+50 -20...+50 -20...+50 -20...+50 -20...+50 -5...+40
Maximum altitude m 3000
Mounting position Any
Mounting 35mm DIN rail Screw fixing Screw fixing Screw fixing
(IEC/EN 60715) or 35mm DIN rail or DIN rail 35mm or 35mm DIN rail
(IEC/EN 60715) (IEC/EN 60715) (IEC/EN 60715)
or 75mm
(IEC/EN 60715)
When fitting more than one breaker side by side, without leaving space between each to consent free air circulation on the breaker sides, and have simultaneous operation, the thermal trip adjuster must be
positioned at a value 15% higher than the rated motor current.
N.B. PH = Phillips; PZ = Pozidriv; Allen is metric type.
IEC breaking capacity

Type IEC rated short-circuit breaking capacity [kA] Protection fuses when I > Icu
(IEC gL or gG fuses)
230V 400V 500V 690V 230V 400V 500V 690V
Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics [A] [A] [A] [A]
SM1A 40 100 100 50 25 10 5 4 2 100 80 63
SM1A 44…SM1A 56 100 100 50 25 10 5 4 2 125 80 63
SM1B 00…SM1B 20 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
SM1B 24…SM1B 28 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 35
SM1B 32 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 40
SM1B 36 100 100 100 100 42 21 8 8 63 50
SM1B 40 100 100 25 12.5 10 5 2 2 80 63 50
SM1B 44…SM1B 56 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2 100 80 63
SM1C 00…SM1C 20 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
SM1C 24…SM1C 28 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 35
SM1C 32 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 40
SM1C 36 100 100 100 100 42 21 8 8 63 50
SM1C 40 100 100 25 12.5 10 5 2 2 80 63 50
SM1C 44…SM1C 56 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2 100 80 63
SM2A 68 - SM2A 72 100 100 50 25 10 5 4 2 160 100 63
SM2A 76 100 100 50 25 10 5 4 2 160 100 80
SM3A 84 100 100 50 25 12 6 6 3 160 100 80
SM3A 88 100 100 50 25 8 4 5 3 160 125 100
SM3A 92 - SM3A 96 100 100 50 25 8 4 5 3 160 125 125
LMS25 016T...LMS25 1V6T 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
LMS252V5T 100 100 100 100 3 3 2.5 2.5 25 20
LMS25 4T 100 100 100 100 3 3 2.5 1.9 35 25
LMS25 6V3T 100 100 100 100 3 2.2 2.5 1.9 50 35
LMS25 10T 100 100 6 3 3 2.2 2.5 1.9 80 50 35
LMS25 16T 6 6 4 2 2.5 1.9 2 1.5 80 80 63 35
LMS25 20T - LMS25 25T 6 4.5 4 2 2.5 1.9 2 1.5 80 80 63 50
Fuses are used only in those cases when the value of short-circuit current at the breaker installation point exceeds the breaking capacity of the breaker.
Fuse not required.
1-17
Page 8-2 Page 8-3
SIGNAL TOWERS SIGNAL BEACONS

• Signal towers Ø70mm • Signal beacons Ø62mm
• Steady, blinking light or flash modules • Blinking or steady light modules
• Pulsed or continuous sound modules • Sound-light pulsed or continuous modules
• Incandescent and LED bulbs. • Incandescent and LED bulbs.
SIGNAL TOWERS AND BEACONS 8
Signal towers Ø70mm

Modular and combinations up to
7 modules
Steady or blinking light, pulsed or
continuous sound modules.
Signal beacons Ø62mm

Steady or blinking light, pulsed or
continuous sound modules.
SEC. - PAGE
Signal towers and beacons
Signal towers Ø70mm / Ø2.75” ....................................................................................................................................... 8 - 2
Signal beacons Ø62mm / Ø2.44” ..................................................................................................................................... 8 - 3
Accessorios ..................................................................................................................................................................... 8 - 4
Dimensions ................................................................................................................. 8 - 6
Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................................... 8 - 7
S IGNALLING
AND
C ONTROL
Signal towers Order code Description Qty per Wt General characteristics

Ø70mm / Ø2.75” pkg Signal towers are fundamental elements in
n° [kg] manufacturing processes for the visual and audible
signalling of the system status.
Steady light modules BA15d fitting. The signal towers can be assembled by stacking up to
Bulb (8 LT7 ALB... and 8 LT7 ALL...) not included. 7 modules, in the following sequence, starting from the
8 LT7 EL1 Orange 1 0.082 top: red, yellow, orange, blue, green and white.
8 LT7 EL3 Green 1 0.082 The sound module, if any, must always be positioned at
the top of the signal tower.
8 LT7 EL4 Red 1 0.082
8 LT7 EL5 Yellow 1 0.082 Technical characteristics
8 LT7 EL6 Blue 1 0.082 – Maximum operational voltage: 250VAC/DC
– Consumption of flash and sound modules:
8 LT7 EL8 White 1 0.082 • LT7 FL B... in AC: 135mA
Blinking light modules. BA15d fitting. • LT7 FL B... in DC: 75mA
Bulb (8 LT7 ALB... and 8 LT7ALL...) not included. • LT7 FL E...: 20mA
8 LT7 GL B1 Orange, 24VAC/DC 1 0.083 • LT7 FL M...: 15mA
• LT7 S0 B: 25mA
8 LT7 GL B3 Green, 24VAC/DC 1 0.083 • LT7 S1 B: 40mA
8 LT7 GL B4 Red, 24VAC/DC 1 0.083 • LT7 S2 B: 200mA
8 LT7 GL B5 Yellow, 24VAC/DC 1 0.083 • LT7 S2 E: 40mA
• LT7 S2 M: 30mA
8 LT7 GL B6 Blue, 24VAC/DC 1 0.083 – Material: Polycarbonate or anodised aluminium
8 8 LT7 GL B8 White, 24VAC/DC 1 0.083 – Connections: Screw clamp terminals, maximum
8 LT7 GL E1 Orange, 110-120VAC 1 0.083 1.5mm2/16 AWG conductor section
– Tightening torque: 0.5Nm/4.5lbin
8 LT7 GL E3 Green, 110-120VAC 1 0.083 – Operating temperature: -20...+50°C; for 12VAC max up
8 LT7 GL E4 Red, 110-120VAC 1 0.083 to +40°C
8 LT7 GL E5 Yellow,110-120VAC 1 0.083 – Number of stackable elements: Seven.
– Degree of protection IEC/EN: IP65; IP54 for 8 LT7 S0B
8 LT7 GL E6 Blue, 110-120VAC 1 0.083 sound module.
8 LT7 GL E8 White, 110-120VAC 1 0.083
8 LT7 GL M1 Orange, 230-240VAC 1 0.083 Certifications and compliance
8 LT7 GL M3 Green, 230-240VAC 1 0.083 Canada (cULus - file E318016) as Power Circuit and
8 LT7 GL M4 Red, 230-240VAC 1 0.083 motor-mounted Apparatus - Stackable tower lights.
8 LT7 GL M5 Yellow, 230-240VAC 1 0.083 Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
IEC/EN 60947-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
8 LT7 GL M6 Blue, 230-240VAC 1 0.083
8 LT7 GL M8 White, 230-240VAC 1 0.083 Combinations
Flash modules. With 4-Joule xenon bulb.
8 LT7 FL B1 Orange, 24VAC/DC 1 0.092 Sound module Cover
(always on top) (supplied with
8 LT7 FL B3 Green, 24VAC/DC 1 0.092 LT7S … LT7 CM 01 and
M
LT7 CP 01 module)
8 LT7 FL B4 Red, 24VAC/DC 1 0.092
U
8 LT7 FL B5 Yellow, 24VAC/DC 1 0.092

I M
8 LT7 FL B6 Blue, 24VAC/DC 1 0.092

X
8 LT7 FL B8 White, 24VAC/DC 1 0.092

A
8 LT7 FL E1 Orange, 110-120VAC 1 0.092

M
8 LT7 FL E3 Green, 110-120VAC 1 0.092

LT7 EL … 8 LT7 FL E4 Red, 110-120VAC 1 0.092
T S
LT7ALB…
LT7 GL … 8 LT7 FL E5 Yellow, 110-120VAC 1 0.092 (incandescent
LT7 L…
LT7 FL … LT7 L …
bulb)
E N
8 LT7 FL E6 Blue, 110-120VAC 1 0.092

LT7 L… LT7ALL…
8 LT7 FL E8 White, 110-120VAC 1 0.092 (LED bulb)
E L E M
8 LT7 FL M1 Orange, 230-240VAC 1 0.092

8 LT7 FL M3 Green, 230-240VAC 1 0.092
8 LT7 FL M4 Red, 230-240VAC 1 0.092
8 LT7 FL M5 Yellow, 230-240VAC 1 0.092
7
8 LT7 FL M6 Blue, 230-240VAC 1 0.092

LT7 S … 8 LT7 FL M8 White, 230-240VAC 1 0.092
Pulsed or continuous sound modules complete with cover. Connection module
LT7CM 01 (metal)
8 LT7 S0 B 24VAC/DC, pulsed (90dB). 1 0.240 LT7CP 01(plastic)
IP54 protection
8 LT7 S1 B 24VAC/DC, 16 sound tones 1 0.240 LT7BP 01 LT7TM
(80dB max). IP65 protection (plastic) (metal)
LT7BM 02
8 LT7 S2 B 24VAC/DC pulsed (78dB) 1 0.240 LT7BM 01 (metal)
or continuous (metal) LT7BP 02
8 LT7 S2 E 110-120VAC 1 0.240
(75dB)sound (plastic)
8 LT7 S2 M 230-240VAC IP65 protection 1 0.240 Fixing base and extension tubes
Connection modules complete with cover.
LT7 CM 01 8 LT7 CP 01 For plastic tubes, black 1 0.110
LT7 CP 01 colour, bottom entry
8 LT7 CM 01 For metal tubes, black colour, 1 0.120
bottom entry
84.5dB for 8 LT7 S2 B.
82.6dB for 8 LT7 S2 B.
Accessories and spare parts Dimensions Wiring diagrams

8-2 page 8-4 pages 8-6 and 7 page 8-7
Signal beacons Order code Description Qty per Wt General characteristics

Ø62mm / Ø2.44” pkg Signal beacons are fundamental elements in
n° [kg] manufacturing processes for the visual and audible
signalling of the system status.
Steady light modules. BA15d fitting.
Bulb not included. Technical characteristics
8 LB6 EL1 Orange 1 0.060 – Maximum operational voltage: 250VAC/DC
8 LB6 EL3 Green 1 0.060 – Consumption of sound modules LB6 S2...: 150mA
– Material: Polycarbonate
8 LB6 EL4 Red 1 0.060 – Connections: Screw clamp terminals, maximum
8 LB6 EL5 Yellow 1 0.060 1.5mm2/16 AWG conductor section
8 LB6 EL6 Blu2 1 0.060 – Tightening torque: 0.5Nm/4.5lbin
– Operating temperature: -20...+50°C
8 LB6 EL8 White 1 0.060 – Degree of protection IEC/EN: IP54; IP30 if used with
Blinking or steady light modules. BA15d fitting. 8 LB6 BP 04, 8 LB6 BP 06 or 8 LB6 BP 08.
Bulb not included.
8 LB6 GL B1 Orange, 12-48VAC/DC 1 0.060 Reference standards
Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
8 LB6 GL B3 Green, 12-48VAC/DC 1 0.060 IEC/EN 60947-1.
8 LB6 GL B4 Red, 12-48VAC/DC 1 0.060
8 LB6 GL B5 Yellow, 12-48VAC/DC 1 0.060 Combinations
8 LB6 GL B6 Blue, 12-48VAC/DC 1 0.060
8 LB6 GL B8 White, 12-48VAC/DC 1 0.060 Light and sound modules
8
8 LB6 GL M1 Orange, 24-230VAC 1 0.060 LB6 EL… - LB6 GL… - LB6 S2…B…
8 LB6 GL M3 Green, 24-230VAC 1 0.060 1 3 4 5 6 8
8 LB6 GL M4 Red, 24-230VAC 1 0.060

8 LB6 GL M5 Yellow, 24-230VAC 1 0.060
8 LB6 GL M6 Blue, 24-230VAC 1 0.060
8 LB6 GL M8 White, 24-230VAC 1 0.060 Fixing base and extension tubes
Sound-light pulsed or continuous modules. Bulb included.

8 LB6 S2 B1 Orange, 24VAC/DC (80dB) 1 0.060
LB6 BP 03 LB6 BP 05 LB6 BP 07
8 LB6 S2 B3 Green, 24VAC/DC (80dB) 1 0.060
8 LB6 S2 B4 Red, 24VAC/DC (80dB) 1 0.060
8 LB6 S2 B5 Yellow, 24VAC/DC (80dB) 1 0.060
LB6 BP 04 LB6 BP 06 LB6 BP 08
8 LB6 S2 B6 Blue, 24VAC/DC (80dB) 1 0.060
8 LB6 S2 B8 White, 24VAC/DC (80dB) 1 0.060
LT7 ALB…
(incandescent bulb) LT7 TP0100
LT7 ALL… LT7 BP 01 LT7 BP 02

(LED Bulb) (plastic) (plastic)
Only for sound-light modules.
LB6 EL …
LB6 GL …
LB6 S2...
Visual code Red Yellow Orange Blue Green White Interpretation of light and sound signals for signal
Meaning Danger. Warning and Mandatory Normal No specific towers and beacons
Emergency. Caution. command. situation. meaning. Light and sound signals are a fundamental element for
Abnormal Regular the safety of a system.
situation. operation. To avoid incorrect interpretations, a European standard
Sound Fast modulated Continuous Alternating Constant and Other sounds. has been introduced defining an equivocal meaning to
repetition or short sound. sound at. prolonged visual or audible signalling devices.
high-pitch constant tone sound Each colour or sound alarm corresponds to a specific
pulsing. after an alarm. state of operation of the connected system and various
levels of warning, as given in the following table,
Correlated Immediate Control Intervention No specific Depending on according to EN 981-IEC/EN 60073 standards.
actions intervention intervention needed for action. the situation. The white coloured module does not have a specific
to deal with required. mandatory meaning so it can be used as one may need.
dangerous action.
situation.
Accessories and spare parts Dimensions Wiring diagrams

page 8-4 pages 8-6 and 7 page 8-7 8-3
Accessories and spare Order code Description Qty per Wt General characteristics
parts for signal towers and pkg The assembly operation of the signal towers is simple
n° [kg] and fast and does not require the use of any tools.
beacons The fixing of each element on top of the other is obtained
Fixing bases. by the bayonet insert joint, with slight pressure and
8 LT7 BP 01 Horizontal surface mount, 1 0.045 simple rotating movement. There are specific white
black plastic inscriptions to indicate the correct alignment.
with 100mm/3.94”
extension
8 LT7 BP 02 Vertical wall mount, 1 0.078
black plastic
Extension tube for plastic base, stackable sections.
8 LT7 TP 0100 100mm/3.94”, 1 0.029
black plastic
LT7 BP 01 Incandescent bulb, 5W, BA15d fitting.
8 LT7 ALB A 12VAC/DC 10 0.006
8 LT7 ALB B 24VAC/DC 10 0.006 1 1
8 LT7 ALB E 130VAC/DC 10 0.006 2
8 LT7 ALB M 260VAC/DC 10 0.006
LED bulb, BA15d fitting.
8 8 LT7 ALL A4 Red, 12VAC/DC 1 0,010
2
8 LT7 ALL A8 White, 12VAC/DC 1 0,010

LT7 BP 02
8 LT7 ALL B3 Green, 24VAC/DC 1 0.010
8 LT7 ALL B4 Red, 24VAC/DC 1 0.010
8 LT7 ALL B5 Yellow/Orange, 24VAC/DC 1 0.010
8 LT7 ALL B6 Blue, 24VAC/DC 1 0.010
8 LT7 ALL B8 White, 24VAC/DC 1 0.010
LT7 ALB…
8 LT7 ALL E3 Green, 110-120VAC 1 0.010
8 LT7 ALL E4 Red, 110-120VAC 1 0.010 Technical characteristics
8 LT7 ALL E5 Yellow/Orange, 110-120VAC 1 0.010 – Consumption of bulb fitted on light modules:
• LT7 ALB A: 420mA
8 LT7 ALL E6 Blue, 110-120VAC 1 0.010 • LT7 ALB B: 210mA
8 LT7 ALL E8 White, 110-120VAC 1 0.010 • LT7 ALB E: 43mA
8 LT7 ALL M3 Green, 230-240VAC 1 0.010 • LT7 ALB M: 22mA
• LT7 ALL A...: <60mA
8 LT7 ALL M4 Red, 230-240VAC 1 0.010 • LT7 ALL B...: <30mA
LT7 ALL…
8 LT7 ALL M5 Yellow/Orange, 230-240VAC 1 0.010 • LT7 ALL E...: <20mA
8 LT7 ALL M6 Blue, 230-240VAC 1 0.010 • LT7 ALL M...: <20mA.
8 LT7 ALL M8 White, 230-240VAC 1 0.010 Reference standards
Used with yellow or orange light modules. Compliant with standards: IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
IEC/EN 60947-1, UL508, CSA C22.2 n° 14.
Accessories and spare Order code Description Qty per Wt

parts for signal towers pkg
n° [kg]
Ø70mm / Ø2.75” only
Fixing bases.
8 LT7 BM 01 Horizontal surface mount, 1 0.099
metal, black finish
8 LT7 BM 02 Vertical wall mount, 1 0.184
metal
Extension tubes for metal base, anodised aluminium,
LT7 BM 01 fixed non-stackable sections.
8 LT7 TM 0100 100mm / 3.94” 1 0.016
8 LT7 TM 0150 200mm / 7.9” 1 0.024
8 LT7 TM 0300 300mm / 11.8” 1 0.048
8 LT7 TM 0400 400mm / 15.75” 1 0.064
8 LT7 TM 0500 500mm / 19.7” 1 0.080
8 LT7 TM 1000 1000mm / 39.4” 1 0.160
LT7 BM 02
LT7 TM
Dimensions
8-4 page 8-7
Accessories and spare Order code Description Qty per Wt General characteristics
parts for signal beacons pkg The assembly operation of the signal beacons is simple
n° [kg] and fast and does not require the use of any tools.
Ø62mm / Ø2.44” There are specific white marks to indicate the correct
Fixing bases for light modules. alignment.
8 LB6 BP 03 Horizontal surface mount, 1 0.040
plastic, black colour
8 LB6 BP 05 For Ø22mm / Ø0.87” 1 0.040
hole type, black plastic
8 LB6 BP 07 For extension 1 0.020
connection, plastic,
LB6 BP03 black colour. Use with
fixing bases 8 LT7 BP 01
and 8 LT7 BP 02 2
1
Fixing bases for sound modules.
8 LB6 BP 04 Horizontal surface mount, 1 0.040
plastic, black colour
8 LB6 BP 06 For Ø22mm / Ø0.87” 1 0.040
LB6 BP05 hole type, black plastic
8 LB6 BP 08 For extension 1 0.020
connection, plastic,
black colour. Use with 8
fixing bases 8 LT7 BP 01
and 8 LT7 BP 02
LB6 BP07
LB6 BP04
LB6 BP06
LB6 BP08
Dimensions
page 8-7 8-5
SIGNAL TOWERS Ø70mm / Ø2.75”

Light modules Sound modules Connection modules
LT7 EL... LT7 S0 B LT7 S1... LT7 CM 01
LT7 GL... LT7 S2... LT7 CP 01
LT7 EL... LT7 FL...
(0.63”)
LT7 GL...
16
LT7 FL...
LT7 S1... Ø 60 (2.36”)
(0.51)
13
LT7 S0 B LT7 S2...
(0.51”)
13
92 (3.62”)
Ø 60 (2.36”)
72 (2.83”)
56 (2.20”)
45.5 (1.79”)
Ø 70 (2.75”) Ø 70 (2.75”) Ø 70 (2.75”) Ø 70 (2.75”)
473.5 (18.64”)
453.9 (17.87”)
8
381.5 (15.02”)
325.5 (12.81”)
269.5 (10.61”)
213.5 (8.40”)
157.5 (6.20”)
101.5 (4.00”)
LT7 CM 01 - LT7 CP 01
Ø5 (0.20”)
7 (0.2
7”)
.65”)
42 (1
48
(1
.89
”)
SIGNAL BEACONS Ø62mm / Ø2.44”

LB6 EL... LB6... LB6... LB6...
LB6 GL... with base LB6 BP 03 with base LB6 BP 05 with base LB6 BP 07
LB6 S2... and LB6 BP 04 and LB6 BP 06 and LB6 BP 08
62.5 (2.46”)
62.5 (2.46”)
62.5 (2.46”)
62.5 (2.46”)
17 (0.67”)
(1.22”)
(1.46”)
31
37
(0.92”)
23.5
Ø22
Ø85 (3.35”) (0.87”)
Ø62 (2.44”) Ø62 (2.44”) Ø62 (2.44”)
Ø5 (0.20”)
65 (2.56”)
(1.28”)
32.5
56.3 22.3 (0.88”)

(22.17”) (+0.4,-0 / +0.01, -0”)
With slits for sound light modules LB6 S2...

1...4 (0.04...0.16”)
8-6
ACCESSORIES - Extensions and bases

LT7 BP 01 LT7 BP 02 LT7 BM 01 LT7 BM 02
(0.43”)
Ø25 Ø25 Ø20
22 (0.87”)
11
(0.98”) (0.98”) Ø30 (0.79”) 71 (2.79”)
(0.71”)
(1.18”)
Ø20 Ø20
18
(0.79”) (0.79”) 105 (4.13”)
(0.35”)
20
9
(0.79”)
51 (2.01”)
(0.31”)
109 (4.29”)
Ø5
64.5 (2.54”)
8
Ø5 70 (2.75”) (0.20”)
122 (4.80”)
(0.20”)
54 (2.12”)
Ø5
(0.20”)
54 (2.12”)
(0.83”)
21
54 (2.12”)
38 (1.50”) 70 (2.75”)
(0.57”)
14.5
Ø67 (2.64”) 54 (2.12”)

(0.31”)
8
Ø70 (2.75”)
54 (2.12”)
Ø5
(0.20”) 8
54 (2.12”)
LT7 TP 0100 LT7 TM...

Ø25 Ø20
(0.98”) (0.79”)
Ø20
(0.87”)
(0.79”)
22
1000 (39.37”) max

122 (4.80”)
Wiring diagrams
SIGNAL TOWERS Ø 70mm SIGNAL BEACONS Ø 62mm

LT7... LB6...
LT7 CM 01 - LT7 CP 01 X1
BULB BULB
C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X2
L
N
Connect terminals C and 1 as indicated

to power the first module. If other
modules are fitted, the respective
terminals must be connected accordingly.
8-7

Lovatoelectric Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Lovatoelectric Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Lovatoelectric Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Page 25-4 Page 25-4 Page 25-5

ATL 600 ATL 610 ATL DPS1

Supervision of two three-phase

COMPACT SIZE FIXING SYSTEM DUAL POWER SUPPLY

EMERGENCY DEMAND SUPERVISION FOR STANDBY GENERATING SET

HIGH PROTECTION DEGREE

measurements are in Italian,

English, Spanish, French and

ATL 600 ATL 610

Non expandable Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

MAX supervision software

EXP series expansion modules

Certifications and compliance

Software and accessories Expansion modules Dimensions

Dual power supply Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

Certifications and compliance:

Communication devices Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

For dimensions, wiring schemes and technical

Software and accessories Order code Description Qty Wt General characteristics

TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROLLERS

DUAL POWER SUPPLY MODULE

SWITCHING BATTERY CHARGERS

SWITCHING BATTERY CHARGERS

LINEAR BATTERY CHARGERS

Switching and linear technology

Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

31 BCE 0312 31 BCE 0524 5 24 1 4.960 Operational characteristics

BCE 0524 - BCE 0612 - BCE 1024 - BCE 1212

Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

BCF... BCG 0612 - BCG 0524

Mounting adapter BCG X00 BCG 1212 - BCG 1024

BCE 0612 - BCE 0524 BCE 1212 - BCE 1024

178 (7.01”) CHARGE

RDY RDY L N COM NO NC L N

BATTERY OUT ALARM SUPPLY BATTERY BOOST OUT ALARM SUPPLY

TYPE BCG... BCF... BCE...

DCRM SERIES DCRK SERIES

Page 23-8 Page 23-10

DCRG SERIES (EXPANDABLE) DCRJ SERIES

Microprocessor supervision and

Automatic power factor

DCRK DCRG DCRJ

23 Maximum panel temperature value

Automatic power factor

DCRK DCRG DCRJ

THE SOLUTION FOR ALL APPLICATIONS!

COMPACT SIZE FIXING SYSTEM EXPANDABILITY

SUITABLE FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION

SMS SENDING FOR ALARM CONDITIONS

DATA SENDING BY EMAIL OR FTP SERVER

WEB SERVER FOR DATA READING

DCRM 2 Operational characteristics

Certifications and compliance

Contactors for power factor correction

Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

DCRK series Order code Steps Flush-mount Qty Wt General characteristics

Certifications and compliance

Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics

DCRG series Order code Steps Flush-mount Qty Wt General characteristics

Accessories Dimensions Wiring diagrams Technical characteristics